Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. - Annual Report: 2019 (Form 10-K)
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒ |
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019
or
☐ |
TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-37575
STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware |
|
68-0680859 |
(State of incorporation) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification) |
641 Lexington Avenue
Suite 2701
New York, New York 10022
(Address of principal executive offices)
(646) 507-5710
(Registrant’s telephone number)
Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: Common Stock, par value $0.00001.
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of the chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer |
☐ |
Accelerated filer |
☐ |
Non-accelerated filer |
☒
|
Smaller reporting company Emerging growth company |
☒ ☐ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the act): Yes ☐ No ☒
As of June 28, 2019, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $9,198,756. based on the closing price (last sale of the day) for the registrant’s common stock on the Nasdaq exchange on June 28, 2019 of $1.56 per share.
Title of each class |
|
Trading Symbol(s) |
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common stock |
|
STAF |
|
NASDAQ |
As of May 11, 2020, 9,307,563 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value, were outstanding.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
PAGE |
|
PART I |
|
3 |
ITEM 1. |
|
3 |
|
ITEM 1A. |
|
5 |
|
ITEM 1B. |
|
16 |
|
ITEM 2. |
|
17 |
|
ITEM 3. |
|
17 |
|
ITEM 4. |
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART II |
|
18 |
ITEM 5. |
|
18 |
|
ITEM 6. |
|
18 |
|
ITEM 7. |
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
|
19 |
ITEM 7A. |
|
27 |
|
ITEM 8. |
|
28 |
|
ITEM 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
|
29 |
ITEM 9A. |
|
29 |
|
ITEM 9B. |
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART III |
|
31 |
ITEM 10. |
|
31 |
|
ITEM 11. |
|
37 |
|
ITEM 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
|
40 |
ITEM 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
|
45 |
ITEM 14. |
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART IV |
|
49 |
ITEM 15. |
|
49 |
|
ITEM 16. |
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
55 |
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements that address expectations or projections about the future, including, but not limited to, statements about our plans, strategies, adequacy of resources and future financial results (such as revenue, gross profit, operating profit, cash flow), are forward-looking statements. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “goal,” “target,” “possible,” “potential” and similar references to future periods. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Because these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control or are subject to change, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: weakness in general economic conditions and levels of capital spending by customers in the industries we serve; weakness or volatility in the financial and capital markets, which may result in the postponement or cancellation of our customers' capital projects or the inability of our customers to pay our fees; the termination of a major customer contract or project; delays or reductions in U.S. government spending; credit risks associated with our customers; competitive market pressures; the availability and cost of qualified labor; our level of success in attracting, training and retaining qualified management personnel and other staff employees; changes in tax laws and other government regulations, including the impact of health care reform laws and regulations; the possibility of incurring liability for our business activities, including, but not limited to, the activities of our temporary employees; our performance on customer contracts; negative outcome of pending and future claims and litigation; government policies, legislation or judicial decisions adverse to our businesses; potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods; our ability to access the capital markets by pursuing additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan and expenses on terms acceptable to us or at all; and our ability to comply with our contractual covenants, including in respect of our debt. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to update such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. We recommend readers to carefully review the entirety of this Annual Report, including the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report and the other reports and documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), particularly our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K.
As used in this Annual Report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360” and the “Company” mean Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated. All dollar amounts in this Annual Report are expressed in thousands except for share and per share values, unless otherwise indicated.
The disclosures set forth in this report should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and notes thereto for the period ended December 28, 2019.
2
General
Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF”, on March 16, 2012. On June 15, 2017, the Company changed its domicile to the State of Delaware. As a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector, our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology (“IT”), engineering, administration and light industrial disciplines.
All amounts in this Annual Report are expressed in thousands, except share and per share amounts, or unless otherwise indicated.
Business Model and Acquisitions
We are a high-growth international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of United States (“U.S.”) and United Kingdom (“U.K.”) based staffing companies. Our services principally consist of providing temporary contractors, and, to a much lesser extent, the recruitment of candidates for permanent placement. As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily accounting and finance, IT, engineering, administration (collectively, the “Professional Business Stream”) and commercial (“Commercial Business Stream”) disciplines. Our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. In furthering our business model, the Company is regularly in discussions and negotiations with various suitable, mature acquisition targets. To date, we have completed ten acquisitions since November 2013.
Change of Year End
On February 28, 2017, the board of directors (the “Board”) approved the change of the Company’s fiscal year end from May 31 to a 52-53-week year ending on the Saturday closest to the 31st of December, effective December 31, 2016. On April 12, 2017, the Company filed a transition report (“Transition Report”), Form 10-K/T, for the period from June 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, (“Transition Period”). Following that Transition Report, we will file annual reports for each twelve-month period ending the Saturday closest to December 31 of each year beginning with December 30, 2017 (“Fiscal 2017”), which was filed on March 29, 2018. The prior year’s report was for the period from December 29, 2017 to December 29, 2018, “Fiscal 2018”. This report is for the period from December 30, 2018 to December 28, 2019, “Fiscal 2019”.
Operating History
The Company generated revenue of $278,478 and $260,926 for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively. This growth has been achieved primarily through acquisitions.
Industry Background
The staffing industry is divided into three major segments: temporary staffing services, professional employer organizations (“PEOs”) and placement agencies. Temporary staffing services provide workers for limited periods, often to substitute for absent permanent workers or to help during periods of peak demand. These workers, who are often employees of the temporary staffing agency, will generally fill clerical, technical, or industrial positions. PEOs, sometimes referred to as employee leasing agencies, contract to provide workers to customers for specific functions, often related to human resource management. In many cases, a customer’s employees are hired by a PEO and then contracted back to the customer. Placement agencies, sometimes referred to as executive recruiters or headhunters, find workers to fill permanent positions at customer companies. These agencies may specialize in placing senior managers, mid-level managers, technical workers, or clerical and other support workers.
The Company considers itself a temporary staffing company within the broader staffing industry. However, the Company provides permanent placements at the request of existing clients and some consulting services clients.
Staffing companies identify potential candidates through online advertising and referrals, and interview, test and counsel workers before sending them to the customer for approval. Pre-employment screening can include skills assessment, drug tests and criminal background checks. The personnel staffing industry has been radically changed by the internet. Many employers list available positions with one or several internet personnel sites like www.monster.com or www.careerbuilder.com, and on their own sites. Personnel agencies operate their own sites and often still work as intermediaries by helping employers accurately describe job openings and by screening candidates who submit applications.
3
Major end-use customers include businesses from a wide range of industries such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. Marketing involves direct sales presentations, referrals from existing clients and advertising. Agencies compete both for customers and workers. Depending on market supply and demand at any given time, agencies may allocate more resources either to finding potential employers or potential workers. Permanent placement agencies work either on a retained or on a contingency basis. Clients may retain an agency for a specific job search or on contract for a specific period. Temporary staffing services charge customers a fixed price per hour or a standard markup on prevailing hourly rates.
For many staffing companies, demand is lower late in the fourth calendar quarter and early in the first calendar quarter, partly because of holidays, and higher during the rest of the year. Staffing companies may have high receivables from customers. Temporary staffing agencies and PEOs must manage a high cash flow because they funnel payroll payments from employers. Cash flow imbalances also occur because agencies must pay workers even though they haven't been paid by clients.
The revenue of staffing companies depends on the number of jobs they fill, which in turn can depend upon the economic environment. During economic slowdowns, many client companies stop hiring altogether. Internet employment sites expand a Company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Staffing companies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of personnel agencies obsolete. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing agency.
To avoid large placement agency fees, big companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year's salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a financial incentive to avoid agencies.
Many staffing companies are small and may depend heavily on a few big customers for a large portion of revenue. Large customers may lead to increased revenue, but also expose agencies to higher risks. When major accounts experience financial hardships, and have less need for temporary employment services, agencies stand to lose large portions of revenue.
The loss of a staff member who handles a large volume of business may result in a large loss of revenue for a staffing company. Individual staff members, rather than the staffing company itself, often develop strong relationships with customers. Staff members who move to another staffing company are often able to move customers with them.
Some of the best opportunities for temporary employment are in industries traditionally active in seasonal cycles, such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. However, seasonal demand for workers creates cash flow fluctuations throughout the year.
Staffing companies are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. Many federal anti-discrimination rules regulate the type of information that employment firms can request from candidates or provide to customers about candidates. In addition, the relationship between the agency and the temporary employees, or employee candidates may not always be clear, resulting in legal and regulatory uncertainty. PEOs are often considered co-employers along with the client, but the PEO is responsible for employee wages, taxes and benefits. State regulation aims to ensure that PEOs provide the benefits they promise to workers.
Trends in the Staffing Business
Start-up costs for a staffing company are very low. Individual offices can be profitable, but consolidation is driven mainly by the opportunity for large agencies to develop national relationships with big customers. Some agencies expand by starting new offices in promising markets, but most prefer to buy existing independent offices with proven staff and an existing customer roster.
At some companies, temporary workers have become such a large part of the workforce that staffing company employees sometimes work at the customer's site to recruit, train, and manage temporary employees. The Company has a number of onsite relationships with its customers. Staffing companies try to match the best qualified employees for the customer's needs, but often provide additional training specific to that company, such as instruction in the use of proprietary software.
Some personnel consulting firms and human resource departments are increasingly using psychological tests to evaluate potential job candidates. Psychological or liability testing has gained popularity, in part, due to recent fraud scandals. In addition to stiffer background checks, headhunters often check the credit history of prospective employees.
We believe the trends of outsourcing entire departments and dependence on temporary and leased workers will expand opportunities for staffing companies. Taking advantage of their expertise in assessing worker capabilities, some staffing companies manage their clients’ entire human resource functions. Human resources outsourcing (“HRO”) may include management of payroll, tax filings, and benefit
4
administration services. HRO may also include recruitment process outsourcing (“RPO”), whereby an agency manages all recruitment activities for a client.
New online technology is improving staffing efficiency. For example, some online applications coordinate workflow for staffing agencies, their clients and temporary workers, and allow agencies and customers to share work order requests, submit and track candidates, approve timesheets and expenses, and run reports. Interaction between candidates and potential employers is increasingly being handled online.
Initially viewed as rivals, some Internet job-search companies and traditional employment agencies are now collaborating. While some Internet sites do not allow agencies to use their services to post jobs or look through resumes, others find that agencies are their biggest customers, earning the sites a large percentage of their revenue. Some staffing companies contract to help client employers find workers online.
Competition
The Company’s staffing divisions face competition in attracting clients as well as temporary candidates. The staffing industry is highly competitive, with a number of firms offering services similar to those provided by the Company on a national, regional or local basis. In many areas, the local staffing companies are our strongest competitors. The most significant competitive factors in the staffing business are price and reliability of service. The Company believes its competitive advantage stems from its experience in niche markets, and commitment to the specialized employment market, along with its growing global presence.
The staffing industry is characterized by a large number of competing companies in a fragmented sector. Major competitors also exist across the sector, but as the industry affords low barriers to entry, new entrants are constantly introduced to the marketplace.
The top layer of competitors includes large corporate staffing and employment companies which have yearly revenue of $75 million or more. The next (middle) layer of the competition consists of medium-sized entities with yearly revenue of $10 million or more. The largest portion of the marketplace is the bottom layer of this competitive landscape consisting of small, individual-sized or family-run operations. As barriers to entry are low, sole proprietors, partnerships and small entities routinely enter the industry.
The Company employs approximately 270 full-time employees as part of our internal operations. Additionally, the Company employs more than 5,000 individuals that are placed directly with our clients through our various operating subsidiaries.
There are numerous and varied risks that may prevent us from achieving our goals, including those described below. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information included in this Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations, could be harmed by any of the following risks. If any of the events or circumstances described below were to occur, our business, the financial condition and the results of operations could be materially adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and investors could lose part or all of their investment. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We have incurred significant losses since our inception and may continue to incur losses and thus may never achieve or maintain profitability.
We have incurred substantial losses since our inception, anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may not achieve or sustain profitability. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the staffing industry, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. Expected future operating losses will have an adverse effect on our cash resources, stockholders’ equity and working capital. These factors individually and collectively raise a substantial doubt about or ability to continue as a going concern.
Our failure to become and remain profitable could depress the value of our stock and impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, diversify our portfolio of staffing companies, or continue our operations. In addition, a substantial economic impact resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic could materially impact our operations. Developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted the Company’s revenues in the months of March and April. Although the Company cannot estimate the length or gravity of the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak at this time, if the pandemic continues, it may
5
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of future operations, financial position, and liquidity in fiscal year 2020. A decline in the value of our stock could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.
Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph in its report as of and for the year ended December 28, 2019 expressing substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern based on our recurring and continuing losses from operations and our need for additional funding to continue operations and our susceptibility to economic downturns. Our consolidated financial statements as of December 28, 2019 do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this going concern uncertainty and have been prepared under the assumption that we will continue to operate as a going concern for the next twelve months, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. If we are unable to continue as a going concern we may be forced to liquidate our assets which would have an adverse impact on our business and developmental activities. In such a scenario, the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements. The reaction of investors to the inclusion of a going concern statement by our independent registered public accounting firm and our potential inability to continue as a going concern may materially adversely affect our stock price and our ability to raise new capital or to enter into strategic alliances.
Our debt level could negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.
As of December 28, 2019, our total gross debt payables amount to approximately $58,700. Our level of debt could have significant consequences to our stockholders, including the following:
|
• |
requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to make payments on debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow for working capital, capital expenditures and other general business activities; |
|
• |
requiring a substantial portion of our corporate cash reserves to be held as a reserve for debt service, limiting our ability to invest in new growth opportunities; |
|
• |
limiting the ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate and other activities; |
|
• |
limiting the flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the business and industry in which we operate; |
|
• |
increasing our vulnerability to both general and industry-specific adverse economic conditions including the economic consequences of the Novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 ( COVID-19”) pandemic; |
|
• |
putting us at a competitive disadvantage versus less leveraged competitors; and |
|
• |
increasing vulnerability to changes in the prevailing interest rates. |
Our ability to make payments of principal and interest, or to refinance our indebtedness, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors. Our business is generating positive cash flow however it may not generate cash flow in the future sufficient to service our debt because of factors beyond our control, including but not limited to our ability to expand our operations. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations. A default on our debt obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and may cause you to lose all or part of your investment.
Further, our note issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (“Jackson”) includes certain customary financial covenants and the Company has had instances of non-compliance. Management has historically been able to obtain from Jackson waivers of any non-compliance and management expects to continue to be able to obtain necessary waivers in the event of future non-compliance; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such waivers, and should Jackson refuse to provide a waiver in the future, the outstanding debt under the agreement could become due immediately. Our financing with MidCap Funding X Trust (“MidCap”) includes customary financial covenants and the Company has had instances of non-compliance. The Company has been able to obtain forbearance of any non-compliance from MidCap, and management expects to continue to be able to obtain necessary forbearance in the event of future non-compliance; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such forbearance, and should MidCap refuse to provide a forbearance in the future, the outstanding debt under the agreement could become due immediately, which exceeds our current cash balance.
6
Our debt instruments and the certificate of designation for our Series E Preferred Stock contain covenants that could limit our financing options and liquidity position, which would limit our ability to grow our business.
Covenants in our debt instruments and the certificate of designations for our Series E Preferred Stock impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions prohibit or limit our ability to, among other things:
|
• |
pay cash dividends to our stockholders subject to certain limited exceptions; |
|
• |
redeem or repurchase our common stock or other equity; |
|
• |
incur additional indebtedness; |
|
• |
permit liens on assets; |
|
• |
make certain investments (including through the acquisition of stock, shares, partnership or limited liability company interests, any loan, advance or capital contribution); |
|
• |
sell, lease, license, lend or otherwise convey an interest in a material portion of our assets; |
|
• |
cease making public filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and |
|
• |
sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock or other capital stock subject to certain limited exceptions |
Our failure to comply with the restrictions in our debt instruments and/or our certificate of designations for the Series E Preferred Stock could result in events of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in us being required to repay these borrowings before their due date or require us to redeem our Series E Preferred Stock. The holders of our debt and Series E Preferred Stock may require fees and expenses to be paid or other changes to terms in connection with waivers or amendments. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by increased costs and rates.
In addition, these restrictions may limit our ability to obtain additional financing, withstand downturns in our business or take advantage of business opportunities. In further addition, certain provisions of the certificate of designations of our Series E Preferred Stock require us to use proceeds from any sales of our common stock to redeem shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, which could limit our ability to grow our business, acquire needed assets, or take other actions we might otherwise consider appropriate or desirable.
The Jackson Note is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets that are not secured by our revolving loan facility with Midcap Funding Trust and the terms of the Jackson Note may restrict the Company’s current and future operations. Additionally, Jackson may be able to exert significant influence over us as our senior secured and the beneficial owner of a substantial percentage of our outstanding shares of common stock.
The Jackson Note (as defined herein) contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests. The Jackson Note includes covenants limiting or restricting, among other things, our ability to:
|
• |
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; |
|
• |
pay distributions on, redeem or repurchase shares of the Company’s capital stock or redeem or repurchase any of the Company’s subordinated debt; |
|
• |
make certain investments; |
|
• |
sell assets; |
|
• |
enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to the Company; |
|
• |
incur or allow the existence of liens; |
|
• |
consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; |
|
• |
engage in transactions with affiliates. |
In addition, the Jackson Note contains financial covenants including, among other things, a fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum liquidity requirements and total leverage ratio. A breach of any of these financial covenants could result in a default under the Jackson Note. If any such default occurs, Jackson may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, following an event of default under the Jackson Note, Jackson will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to it to secure the debt, which includes our available cash. If the debt under the Jackson Note was to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full our debt.
In addition to being our senior secured lender, Jackson owns in excess of 17.9% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, not including shares issuable upon conversion of certain warrants and Series E and Series E-1 Preferred Stock. Jackson beneficially owns 58.6% of our common stock including shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and conversion of the series Series E and Series E-1 Preferred Stock. Accordingly, Jackson may be able to exert significant influence over the Company.
7
We have significant working capital needs and if we are unable to satisfy those needs from cash generated from our operations or borrowings under our debt instruments, we may not be able to continue our operations.
We require significant amounts of working capital to operate our business. We often have high receivables from our customers, and as a staffing company, we are prone to cash flow imbalances because we have to fund payroll payments to temporary workers before receiving payments from clients for our services. Cash flow imbalances also occur because we must pay temporary workers even when we have not been paid by our customers. If we experience a significant and sustained drop in operating profits, or if there are unanticipated reductions in cash inflows or increases in cash outlays, we may be subject to cash shortfalls. If such a shortfall were to occur for even a brief period of time, it may have a significant adverse effect on our business. In particular, we use working capital to pay expenses relating to our temporary workers and to satisfy our workers’ compensation liabilities. As a result, we must maintain sufficient cash availability to pay temporary workers and fund related tax liabilities prior to receiving payment from customers.
In addition, our operating results tend to be unpredictable from quarter to quarter. Demand for our services is typically lower during traditional national vacation periods in the United States and United Kingdom when customers and candidates are on vacation. No single quarter is predictive of results of future periods. Any extended period of time with low operating results or cash flow imbalances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We derive working capital for our operations through cash generated by our operating activities and borrowings under our debt instruments. Our available sources of capital are limited and our debt obligations and an unsecured payment associated with a historical acquisition are due in the next 12 months. If our working capital needs increase in the future, we may be forced to seek additional sources of capital, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. The amount we are entitled to borrow under our debt instruments is calculated monthly based on the aggregate value of certain eligible trade accounts receivable generated from our operations, which are affected by financial, business, economic and other factors, as well as by the daily timing of cash collections and cash outflows. The aggregate value of our eligible accounts receivable may not be adequate to allow for borrowings for other corporate purposes, such as capital expenditures or growth opportunities, which could reduce our ability to react to changes in the market or industry conditions.
We will need to raise additional capital to meet our business requirements in the future, which is likely to be challenging, could be highly dilutive and may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
As of December 28, 2019, the Company had a working capital deficiency of $55,353, an accumulated deficit of $76,537 and a net loss of $4,894 in Fiscal 2019. We will need to raise additional capital to pursue growth opportunities, improve our infrastructure, finance our operations and otherwise make investments in assets and personnel that will allow us to remain competitive. Additional capital would be used to accomplish the following:
|
• |
financing our current operating expenses; |
|
• |
pursuing growth opportunities; |
|
• |
making capital improvements to improve our infrastructure; |
|
• |
hiring and retaining qualified management and key employees; |
|
• |
responding to competitive pressures; |
|
• |
complying with regulatory requirements; and |
|
• |
maintaining compliance with applicable laws. |
To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of those securities could result in substantial dilution for our current stockholders. The terms of any securities issued by us in future capital transactions may be more favorable to new investors, and may include preferences, superior voting rights and the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which may have a further dilutive effect on the holders of any of our securities then-outstanding. We may issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock in connection with hiring or retaining personnel, option or warrant exercises, future acquisitions or future placements of our securities for capital-raising or other business purposes. The issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline further and existing stockholders may not agree with our financing plans or the terms of such financings.
In addition, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, securities law compliance fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which may adversely impact our financial condition.
8
Furthermore, any additional debt or equity financing that we may need may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we are unable to obtain such additional financing on a timely basis, we may have to curtail our development activities and growth plans and/or be forced to sell assets, perhaps on unfavorable terms, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and ultimately could be forced to discontinue our operations and liquidate, in which event it is unlikely that stockholders would receive any distribution on their shares. Further, we may not be able to continue operating if we do not generate sufficient revenues from operations needed to stay in business.
A more active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, and the price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.
Historically, the market price of our common stock has fluctuated over a wide range. Between our stock splits occurring on September 17, 2015, and January 3, 2018, our common stock traded in a range from $2.50 to $39.50 per share. There has been relatively limited trading volume in the market for our common stock, and a more active, liquid public trading market may not develop or may not be sustained. Limited liquidity in the trading market for our common stock may adversely affect a stockholder's ability to sell its shares of common stock at the time it wishes to sell them or at a price that it considers acceptable. If a more active, liquid public trading market does not develop we may be limited in our ability to raise capital by selling shares of common stock and our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using shares of our common stock as consideration. In addition, if there is a thin trading market or "float" for our stock, the market price for our common stock may fluctuate significantly more than the stock market as a whole. Without a large float, our common stock would be less liquid than the stock of companies with broader public ownership and, as a result, the trading prices of our common stock may be more volatile and it would be harder for a stockholder to liquidate any investment in our common stock. Furthermore, the stock market is subject to significant price and volume fluctuations, and the price of our common stock could fluctuate widely in response to several factors, including:
|
• |
our quarterly or annual operating results; |
|
• |
changes in our earnings estimates; |
|
• |
investment recommendations by securities analysts following our business or our industry; |
|
• |
additions or departures of key personnel; |
|
• |
changes in the business, earnings estimates or market perceptions of our competitors; |
|
• |
our failure to achieve operating results consistent with securities analysts' projections; |
|
• |
changes in industry, general market or economic conditions; and |
|
• |
announcements of legislative or regulatory changes. |
The stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations in recent years that have significantly affected the quoted prices of the securities of many companies, including companies in the staffing industry. The changes often appear to occur without regard to specific operating performance. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us and these fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price.
There can be no assurance that that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of NASDAQ.
Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market. Historically, the market price of our common stock has fluctuated over a wide range. The stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations in recent months and years that have significantly affected the quoted prices of the securities of many companies, including companies in the staffing industry. The changes often appear to occur without regard to specific operating performance. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us and these fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price
Between our stock splits occurring on September 17, 2015 and January 3, 2018, our common stock traded in a range from $2.50 to $39.50 per share. There has been relatively limited trading volume in the market for our common stock, and a more active, liquid public trading market may not develop or may not be sustained. In addition, on January 24, 2020, we received a letter from the Listing Qualifications Department of the NASDAQ Capital Market notifying us that, based upon the closing bid price of our common stock for the previous 30 consecutive business days, the common stock did not meet the minimum bid price of $1.00 per share required by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5550(a)(2), initiating an automatic 180 calendar-day grace period for us to regain compliance. If the NASDAQ
9
Capital Market delists our common stock from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the listing standards, we and our stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:
|
• |
a limited availability of market quotations for our securities; |
|
• |
a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock; |
|
• |
a limited amount of analyst coverage; and |
|
• |
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future. |
An investment in our common stock should be considered illiquid and high risk.
An investment in our common stock requires a long-term commitment, with no certainty of return. The market for our common stock is illiquid. Our stockholders may not be able to resell their shares at or above the purchase price paid by such stockholders, or at all. The illiquidity of our common stock may be caused by a variety of factors including:
|
• |
lower trading volume; |
|
• |
low stock price; and |
|
• |
market conditions. |
There is limited trading in our common stock and our security holders may experience wide fluctuations in the market price of our common stock. These price and volume fluctuations may be unrelated to our operating performance. These fluctuations may have an extremely negative effect on the market price of our common stock and may prevent a stockholder from obtaining a market price equal to the purchase price such stockholder paid when the stockholder attempts to sell our common stock in the open market. In these situations, the stockholder may be required either to sell our common stock at a market price which is lower than the purchase price the stockholder paid, or to hold our common stock for a longer period of time than planned. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of capital stock.
Our growth of operations could strain our resources and cause our business to suffer.
We plan to continue growing our business organically through expansion, sales efforts, and strategic acquisitions, while maintaining tight controls on our expenses and overhead. Lean overhead functions combined with focused growth may place a strain on our management systems, infrastructure and resources, resulting in internal control failures, missed opportunities, and staff attrition which could impact our business and results of operations.
We may be unable to develop, implement and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results and current and potential stockholders may lose confidence in our financial reporting.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Securities and Exchange Commission rules require that our management report annually on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures. Among other things, our management must conduct an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. As disclosed in our prior periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to the accounting for complex debt and equity instruments. While we believe that we have remediated this material weakness, we cannot assure you that additional material weaknesses will not be identified in the future.
Any failure to implement or maintain required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we encounter in their implementation, could result in additional material weaknesses, or could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements. These misstatements could result in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, reduce our ability to obtain financing or cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a decline in our stock price.
There are inherent limitations in all control systems, and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
10
The ongoing internal control provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require us to identify material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, which is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, does not expect that our internal controls and disclosure controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in our Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving our stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may be inadequate because of changes in conditions, such as growth of the Company or increased transaction volume, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
In addition, discovery and disclosure of a material weakness, could have a material adverse impact on our financial statements. Such an occurrence could discourage certain customers or suppliers from doing business with us, cause downgrades in our future debt ratings leading to higher borrowing costs and affect how our stock trades. This could, in turn, negatively affect our ability to access public debt or equity markets for capital.
Our strategy of growing through acquisitions may impact our business in unexpected ways.
Our growth strategy involves acquisitions that help us expand our service offerings and diversify our geographic footprint. We continuously evaluate acquisition opportunities, but there are no assurances that we will be able to identify acquisition targets that complement our strategy and are available at valuation levels accretive to our business.
Even if we are successful in acquiring, our acquisitions may subject our business to risks that may impact our results of operation:
|
• |
inability to integrate acquired companies effectively and realize anticipated synergies and benefits from the acquisitions; |
|
• |
diversion of management’s attention to the integration of the acquired businesses at the expense of delivering results for the legacy business; |
|
• |
inability to appropriately scale critical resources to support the business of the expanded enterprise and other unforeseen challenges of operating the acquired business as part of the Company’s operations; |
|
• |
inability to retain key employees of the acquired businesses and/or inability of such key employees to be effective as part of the Company’s operations; |
|
• |
impact of liabilities of the acquired businesses undiscovered or underestimated as part of the acquisition due diligence; |
|
• |
failure to realize anticipated growth opportunities from a combined business, because existing and potential clients may be unwilling to consolidate business with a single supplier or to stay with the acquirer post acquisition; |
|
• |
impacts of cash on hand and debt incurred to finance acquisitions, thus reducing liquidity for other significant strategic objectives; and |
|
• |
internal controls, disclosure controls, corruption prevention policies, human resources and other key policies and practices of the acquired companies may be inadequate or ineffective. |
We face risks associated with litigation and claims.
We are a party to certain legal proceedings as further described in this Form 10-K. In addition, from time to time, we may become involved in various claims, disputes and legal or regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business and relate to contractual and other obligations. Due to the uncertainties of litigation, we can give no assurance that we will prevail on any claims made against us in any such lawsuit. Also, we can give no assurance that any other lawsuits or claims brought in the future will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity or operating results. Adverse outcomes in some or all of these claims may result in significant monetary damages that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
11
The uncertainty surrounding the implementation of Brexit may impact our UK operations
The U.K. left the European Union January 31, 2020. Under the current withdrawal agreement between the U.K. and the European Union, the U.K. will be subject to a transition period until December 31, 2020, during which European Union rules will continue to apply. The relationship between the U.K. and the European Union after the transition period has not been determined yet. As a result, the impact of Brexit is not yet known and depends on any agreements the U.K. and European Union may make to retain access to each other's markets after the transition period. A withdrawal from the European Union is unusual and it is unclear what financial, trade, legal and employment implications the withdrawal of the U.K. from the European Union will have following the transition period and how the withdrawal will affect us. Our operations in the U.K. could be disrupted by Brexit. There may continue to be economic uncertainty surrounding the consequences of Brexit that could adversely impact customer confidence, resulting in customers reducing their spending budgets on our services. These and other adverse consequences such as reduced consumer spending, deterioration in economic conditions, loss of key international employees, volatility in exchange rates, and prohibitive laws and regulations could have a negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our revenue may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
A significant portion of our expenditures are expected to be derived or spent in British pounds. However, we report our financial condition and results of operations in U.S. dollars. As a result, fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the British pound will impact the amount of our revenues and net income. For example, if the British pound appreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, the fluctuation will result in a positive impact on the revenues that we report. However, if the British pound depreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, which was the case during 2016, there will be a negative impact on the revenues we report due to such fluctuation. It is possible that the impact of currency fluctuations will result in a decrease in reported consolidated sales even though we may have experienced an increase in sales transacted in the British pound. Conversely, the impact of currency fluctuations may result in an increase in reported consolidated sales despite declining sales transacted in the British pound. The exchange rate from the U.S. dollar to the British pound has fluctuated substantially in the past and may continue to do so in the future. Though we may choose to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes in the future, there is no guarantee such hedging, if undertaken, will be successful.
We depend on attracting, integrating, managing, and retaining qualified personnel.
Our success is substantially dependent upon our ability to attract, integrate, manage and retain personnel who possess the skills and experience necessary to fulfill our customers’ needs. Our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel could be impaired by any diminution of our reputation, decrease in compensation levels relative to our competitors or modifications to our total compensation philosophy or competitor hiring programs. If we cannot attract, hire and retain qualified personnel, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer. Our future success also depends upon our ability to manage the performance of our personnel. Failure to successfully manage the performance of our personnel could affect our profitability by causing operating inefficiencies that could increase operating expenses and reduce operating income.
We depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified temporary workers.
In addition to the members of our own team, our success is substantially dependent on our ability to recruit and retain qualified temporary workers who possess the skills and experience necessary to meet the staffing requirements of our customers. We are required to continually evaluate our base of available qualified personnel to keep pace with changing customer needs. Competition for individuals with proven professional skills is intense, and demand for these individuals is expected to remain strong for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that qualified personnel will continue to be available.
Our revenue can vary because our customers can terminate their relationship with us at any time with limited or no penalty.
We focus on providing mid-level professional and light industrial personnel on a temporary assignment-by-assignment basis, which customers can generally terminate at any time or reduce their level of use when compared to prior periods. To avoid large placement agency fees, large companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year’s salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a large financial incentive to avoid agencies.
Our business is also significantly affected by our customers’ hiring needs and their views of their future prospects. Our customers may, on very short notice, terminate, reduce or postpone their recruiting assignments with us and, therefore, affect demand for our services. As a result, a significant number of our customers can terminate their agreements with us at any time, making us particularly vulnerable to a significant decrease in revenue within a short period of time that could be difficult to quickly replace. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
12
Most of our contracts do not obligate our customers to utilize a significant amount of our staffing services and may be cancelled on limited notice, so our revenue is not guaranteed.
Substantially all of our revenue is derived from multi-year contracts that are terminable for convenience. Under our multi-year agreements, we contract to provide customers with staffing services through work or service orders at the customers’ request. Under these agreements, our customers often have little or no obligation to request our staffing services. In addition, most of our contracts are cancellable on limited notice, even if we are not in default under the contract. We may hire employees permanently to meet anticipated demand for services under these agreements that may ultimately be delayed or cancelled. We could face a significant decline in revenues and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected if:
|
• |
we see a significant decline in the staffing services requested from us under our service agreements; |
|
• |
our customers cancel or defer a significant number of staffing requests; or our existing customer agreements expire or lapse and we cannot replace them with similar agreements |
If we are unable to retain existing customers or attract new customers, our results of operations could suffer.
Increasing the growth and profitability of our business is particularly dependent upon our ability to retain existing customers and capture additional customers. Our ability to do so is dependent upon our ability to provide high quality services and offer competitive prices. If we are unable to execute these tasks effectively, we may not be able to attract a significant number of new customers and our existing customer base could decrease, either or both of which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.
We operate in an intensely competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and there is a substantial risk that our services could become obsolete or uncompetitive.
The markets for our services are highly competitive. Our markets are characterized by pressures to provide high levels of service, incorporate new capabilities and technologies, accelerate job completion schedules and reduce prices. Furthermore, we face competition from a number of sources, including other executive search firms and professional search, staffing and consulting firms. Several of our competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than we do. New and existing competitors are aided by technology, and the market has low barriers to entry. Furthermore, Internet employment sites expand a Company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Personnel agencies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of staffing companies obsolete. Specifically, the increased use of the internet may attract technology-oriented companies to the professional staffing industry. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing company.
Our future success will depend largely upon our ability to anticipate and keep pace with those developments and advances. Current or future competitors could develop alternative capabilities and technologies that are more effective, easier to use or more economical than our services. In addition, we believe that, with continuing development and increased availability of information technology, the industries in which we compete may attract new competitors. If our capabilities and technologies become obsolete or uncompetitive, our related sales and revenue would decrease. Due to competition, we may experience reduced margins on our services, loss of market share, and loss of customers. If we are not able to compete effectively with current or future competitors as a result of these and other factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our operations may be affected by global economic fluctuations.
Customers’ demand for our services may fluctuate widely with changes in economic conditions in the markets in which we operate. Those conditions include slower employment growth or reductions in employment, which directly impact our service offerings. As a staffing company, our revenue depends on the number of jobs we fill, which in turn depends on economic growth. During economic slowdowns, many customer companies stop hiring altogether. For example, in prior economic downturns, many employers in our operating regions reduced their overall workforce to reflect the slowing demand for their products and services. We may face lower demand and increased pricing pressures during these periods, which this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business may be impacted by political events, war, terrorism, public health issues, natural disasters and other business interruptions.
War, terrorism, geopolitical uncertainties, public health issues (such as the Novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”)) and other business interruptions have caused and could cause damage or disruption to commerce and the economy, and thus could have a material adverse effect on us and our customers. Our business operations are subject to interruption by, among others, natural disasters, whether
13
as a result of climate change or otherwise, fire, power shortages, nuclear power plant accidents and other industrial accidents, terrorist attacks and other hostile acts, labor disputes, public health issues and other events beyond our control. Such events could decrease demand for our services. COVID-19 is impacting worldwide economic activity, and activity in the United States and the United Kingdom where our operations are based. The nature of work of the contractors we support mostly are on the site of our clients. As a result, we are subject to the plans and approaches of our clients to work during this period. This includes whether they support remote working when they have decided to close their facilities. To the extent that our clients were to decide or are required to close their facilities or not permit remote work when they decide to close facilities, we would no longer generate revenue and profit from that client. From the Company’s perspective, we have in place a business continuity plan that has evaluated all critical aspects of our business operations, built plans to address the business risks associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, and tested those critical processes and systems at key locations and systems.
We could be adversely affected by risks associated with acquisitions and joint ventures.
We are engaged in the acquisition of U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies, and our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. To date, we have completed eight acquisitions. We intend to expand our business through acquisitions of complementary businesses, services or products, subject to our business plans and management's ability to identify, acquire and develop suitable investments or acquisition targets in both new and existing service categories. In certain circumstances, acceptable investments or acquisition targets might not be available. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:
|
• |
difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of an acquired business, including consolidating redundant facilities and infrastructure; |
|
• |
potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of management from our day-to-day operations; |
|
• |
difficulty entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have a stronger market position; |
|
• |
difficulty maintaining the quality of services that such acquired companies have historically provided; |
|
• |
potential legal and financial responsibility for liabilities of acquired businesses; |
|
• |
overpayment for the acquired company or assets or failure to achieve anticipated benefits, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements; |
|
• |
increased expenses associated with completing an acquisition and amortizing any acquired intangible assets; |
|
• |
challenges in implementing uniform standards, accounting policies, customs, controls, procedures and policies throughout an acquired business; |
|
• |
failure to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business; and |
|
• |
loss of customers and a failure to integrate customer bases. |
Our business plan for continued growth through acquisitions is subject to certain inherent risks, including accessing capital resources, potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods. Therefore, we provide no assurance that we will be successful in carrying out our business plan. We continue to pursue additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan. We have no assurance that future financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.
In addition, if we incur indebtedness to finance an acquisition, it may reduce our capacity to borrow additional amounts and require us to dedicate a greater percentage of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the cash resources available to us to fund capital expenditures, pursue other acquisitions or investments in new business initiatives and meet general corporate and working capital needs. This increased indebtedness may also limit our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry. The use of our common stock or other securities (including those convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock) to finance any such acquisition may also result in dilution of our existing shareholders.
The potential risks associated with future acquisitions could disrupt our ongoing business, result in the loss of key customers or personnel, increase expenses and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are dependent upon technology services, and if we experience damage, service interruptions or failures in our computer and telecommunications systems, our customer relationships and our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected.
Our business could be interrupted by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, and we may lose data. Our customers’ businesses may be adversely affected by any system or equipment failure we experience. As a result of any of the foregoing, our relationships with our customers may be impaired, we may lose customers, our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected and we could be exposed to contractual liability. Precautions in place to protect us from, or minimize the effect of, such events may not be adequate. If an interruption by damage to or disruption of our computer and
14
telecommunications equipment and software systems occurs, we could be liable and the market perception of our services could be harmed.
We could be harmed by improper disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential company, employee, associate or customer data, including personal data.
In connection with the operation of our business, we store, process and transmit a large amount of data, including personnel and payment information, about our employees, customers, associates and candidates, a portion of which is confidential and/or personally sensitive. In doing so, we rely on our own technology and systems, and those of third-party vendors we use for a variety of processes. We and our third-party vendors have established policies and procedures to help protect the security and privacy of this information. Unauthorized disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential data may occur through a variety of methods. These include, but are not limited to, systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, or unauthorized access to or through our information systems, whether by our employees or third parties, including a cyberattack by computer programmers, hackers, members of organized crime and/or state-sponsored organizations, who may develop and deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs.
Such disclosure, loss or breach could harm our reputation and subject us to government sanctions and liability under our contracts and laws that protect sensitive or personal data and confidential information, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenues. It is possible that security controls over sensitive or confidential data and other practices we and our third-party vendors follow may not prevent the improper access to, disclosure of, or loss of such information. The potential risk of security breaches and cyberattacks may increase as we introduce new services and offerings, such as mobile technology. Further, data privacy is subject to frequently changing rules and regulations, which sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions in which we provide services. Any failure or perceived failure to successfully manage the collection, use, disclosure, or security of personal information or other privacy related matters, or any failure to comply with changing regulatory requirements in this area, could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace.
We may be exposed to employment-related claims and losses, including class action lawsuits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We employ people internally and in the workplaces of other businesses. Many of these individuals have access to customer information systems and confidential information. The risks of these activities include possible claims relating to:
|
• |
discrimination and harassment; |
|
• |
wrongful termination or denial of employment; |
|
• |
violations of employment rights related to employment screening or privacy issues; |
|
• |
classification of temporary workers; |
|
• |
assignment of illegal aliens; |
|
• |
violations of wage and hour requirements; |
|
• |
retroactive entitlement to temporary worker benefits; |
|
• |
errors and omissions by our temporary workers; |
|
• |
misuse of customer proprietary information; |
|
• |
misappropriation of funds; |
|
• |
damage to customer facilities due to negligence of temporary workers; and |
|
• |
criminal activity. |
We may incur fines and other losses or negative publicity with respect to these problems. In addition, these claims may give rise to litigation, which could be time-consuming and expensive. New employment and labor laws and regulations may be proposed or adopted that may increase the potential exposure of employers to employment-related claims and litigation. There can be no assurance that the corporate policies we have in place to help reduce our exposure to these risks will be effective or that we will not experience losses as a result of these risks. There can also be no assurance that the insurance policies we have purchased to insure against certain risks will be adequate or that insurance coverage will remain available on reasonable terms or be sufficient in amount or scope of coverage.
Our compliance with complicated regulations concerning corporate governance and public disclosure has resulted in additional expenses.
We are faced with expensive, complicated and evolving disclosure, governance and compliance laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure. In addition, as a staffing company, we are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. New or changing laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and their application in practice may evolve over time
15
as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing compliance work.
Our failure to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to U.S. public companies could subject us or our management to regulatory scrutiny or sanction, which could harm our reputation and stock price. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards are likely to continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.
The requirements of being a public company place significant demands on our resources.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Capital Market, have imposed various requirements on public companies. New laws and regulations as well as changes to existing laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and changes in required accounting practices and rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the by NASDAQ Capital Market, would likely result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements.
Shareholder activism, the current political environment, and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain and maintain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage.
We may reduce or suspend our dividend in the future.
We initiated a dividend program under which we intend to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.01 per share to holders of our common stock. The first $0.01 per share dividend was paid on February 28, 2019 to shareholders of record as of February 15, 2019. In the future, our Board of Directors may, without advance notice, determine to reduce or suspend our dividend in order to maintain our financial flexibility and best position our Company for long‑term success. The declaration and amount of future dividends is at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, prospects, industry conditions, capital requirements and other factors and restrictions our Board of Directors deems relevant. In addition, we are limited in our ability to pay dividends by certain of our existing agreements and the certificate of designations for our Series E Preferred Stock. In particular, our debt agreements and certificate of designations for our Series E Preferred Stock only permit us to pay quarterly cash dividend of one cent per share of common stock issued and outstanding, provided, that such cash dividend does not exceed $100 in the aggregate per fiscal quarter. We may not pay such dividends if any events of default exist under our debt agreements or the certificates of designations for our Series E Preferred Stock. In addition, so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, as they are at this time, we are not able to declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of common stock, unless at the time of such dividend we have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Effective January 1, 2020, Jackson does not allow for any further Series A dividend payments so, as a consequence, a Common Stock dividend will not be declared while the Jackson note is outstanding.
Accordingly, we cannot be certain if we will be able to continue payment of the quarterly cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors must mainly rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the primary way to realize any future gains on their investment. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.
Upon our dissolution, you may not recoup all or any portion of your investment.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the proceeds and/or assets of our Company remaining after giving effect to such transaction, and the payment of all of our debts and liabilities will be distributed to the stockholders of common stock on a pro rata basis. There can be no assurance that we will have available assets to pay to the holders of common stock, or any amounts, upon such a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our Company. In this event, you could lose some or all of your investment.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.
16
The Company leases 4,157 square feet of space at 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701, New York, NY 10022, its headquarters and principal location. The Company’s lease for this space will expire in 2022. The Company currently has a total of 19 facilities throughout the U.S. and the U.K. This includes U.K. offices in London and Redhill, England, as well as offices in the following states in the U.S.: New York, Connecticut, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire, Georgia, North Carolina and South Carolina.
All offices are operated from leased space ranging from approximately 500 to 10,000 square feet, typically through operating leases with terms that range from six months to ten years, and thus with expirations from 2018 through 2029. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current requirements and that the Company’s leasing strategies provide us with sufficient flexibility to accommodate our business needs.
From time to time, we may become involved in lawsuits, investigations and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this filing, we are not party to any material litigation against the Company nor are we aware of any such threatened or pending legal proceedings that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
There are no material proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or affiliates or any registered or beneficial shareholder of more than 5% of our common stock is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not applicable.
17
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Market Information
Shares of the Company’s common stock are traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “STAF”.
As of May 6, 2020, there were approximately 2,700 shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Other than those sales of unregistered securities that have been disclosed by the Company in quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and as described in “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the heading “Financings,” the following are the only sales of unregistered securities: during the period December 29, 2018 through December 29, 2019 - we issued 6,000 shares of common stock, with an aggregate value of $9 to Greenridge Global, LLC in return for investor relations advisory services and construction of leasehold improvements.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
Not required for smaller reporting companies.
18
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Quarterly Report. This section includes a number of forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. All statements that address expectations or projections about the future, including, but not limited to, statements about our plans, strategies, adequacy of resources and future financial results (such as revenue, gross profit, operating profit, cash flow), are forward-looking statements. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “can,” “could,” “should,” “intends,” “project,” “predict,” “plans,” “estimates,” “goal,” “target,” “possible,” “potential,” “would,” “seek,” and similar references to future periods. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Because these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control or are subject to change, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: negative outcome of pending and future claims and litigation; our ability to access the capital markets by pursuing additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan and expenses on terms acceptable to us or at all; and our ability to comply with our contractual covenants, including in respect of our debt; potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods; weakness in general economic conditions and levels of capital spending by customers in the industries we serve; weakness or volatility in the financial and capital markets, which may result in the postponement or cancellation of our customers' capital projects or the inability of our customers to pay our fees; delays or reductions in U.S. government spending; credit risks associated with our customers; competitive market pressures; the availability and cost of qualified labor; our level of success in attracting, training and retaining qualified management personnel and other staff employees; changes in tax laws and other government regulations, including the impact of health care reform laws and regulations; the possibility of incurring liability for our business activities, including, but not limited to, the activities of our temporary employees; our performance on customer contracts; and government policies, legislation or judicial decisions adverse to our businesses. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to update such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. We recommend readers to carefully review the entirety of this Annual Report, including the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report and the other reports and documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), particularly our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K.
Overview
We are incorporated in the State of Delaware. As a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector, our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring suitable, mature, profitable, operating, U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the Professional Business Stream and Commercial Business Stream disciplines.
Business Model, Operating History and Acquisitions
We are a high-growth international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies. As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily the Professional and Commercial Business Streams. Our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. In furthering our business model, the Company is regularly in discussions and negotiations with various suitable, mature acquisition targets. Since November 2013, the Company has completed ten acquisitions.
All share numbers in this section have been adjusted for the one-for-five reverse stock split effective at 5:00 p.m. New York time on January 3, 2018.
PeopleServe Disposition
On June 6, 2018, the Company divested the stock of PeopleServe Inc., and PeopleServe PRS, Inc. for a total consideration of $1,502, net of $567 that was remitted back to the buyer on July 31, 2018 in connection with a net working capital true up. The Company recorded a gain of $238 from sale of business.
Clement May Acquisition
On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”). Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550
19
($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) the assignment of certain outstanding debt owed to the CML Majority Holder to the Principal as set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement, (iv) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and paid on or around December 28, 2019 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (v) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc.
Key Resources Inc. Acquisition
On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (“Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”). The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2020. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration due the seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”), within current liabilities as of December 28, 2019, in February 2020, the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract which more than approximates the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $30 in Fiscal 2019 and $40 subsequent to Fiscal 2019 year end. Refer to legal proceedings below for action filed against Whitaker, the former owner of KRI.
To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428 in the Company.
For Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
% of Revenue |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|
% of Revenue |
|
|
Growth |
|
|||||
Revenue |
|
$ |
278,478 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
260,926 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
Cost of revenue |
|
|
230,169 |
|
|
|
82.7 |
% |
|
|
212,622 |
|
|
|
81.5 |
% |
|
|
8.3 |
% |
Gross profit |
|
|
48,309 |
|
|
|
17.3 |
% |
|
|
48,304 |
|
|
|
18.5 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Operating expenses |
|
|
47,686 |
|
|
|
17.1 |
% |
|
|
46,646 |
|
|
|
17.9 |
% |
|
|
2.2 |
% |
Income from operations |
|
|
623 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
% |
|
|
1,658 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
62.4 |
% |
Other expenses |
|
|
(5,852 |
) |
|
|
(2.1 |
)% |
|
|
(8,137 |
) |
|
|
(3.1 |
)% |
|
|
(28.1 |
)% |
Benefit (provision) for income taxes |
|
|
335 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
% |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
(0.0 |
)% |
|
|
(1622.7 |
)% |
Net loss |
|
$ |
(4,894 |
) |
|
|
(1.8 |
)% |
|
$ |
(6,501 |
) |
|
|
(2.5 |
)% |
|
|
(24.7 |
)% |
Revenue
Fiscal 2019 revenue increased by 6.7% to $278,478 as compared with $260,926 for Fiscal 2018. Of that growth, $47,167 was from the acquisitions of Clement May and KRI. This was partially offset by a decline of $7,653 from divesting of the PeopleServe, $5,202 from unfavorable foreign currency translation, and $16,760 of organic revenue decline. Within organic revenue, temporary contractor revenue declined $16,814 and permanent placement grew $482.
Revenue in Fiscal 2019 was comprised of $266,974 of temporary contractor revenue and $11,504 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $250,416 and $10,510 for Fiscal 2018, respectively.
Cost of revenue, Gross profit and gross margin
Cost of revenue includes the variable cost of labor and various non-variable costs (e.g., workers’ compensation insurance) relating to employees (temporary and permanent) as well as sub-contractors and consultants. For Fiscal 2019, cost of revenue was $230,169, an increase of 8.3% from $212,622 in Fiscal 2018, compared with revenue growth of 6.7%.
Gross profit for Fiscal 2019 was $48,309, flat versus Fiscal 2018 of $48,304, representing gross margin of 17.3% and 18.5% for each period, respectively. Gross profit growth was primarily attributable to the impact of acquisitions and growth in permanent revenue. This was partly offset by the divestiture of the lower margin PeopleServe business, workers’ compensation insurance savings realized in Fiscal 2018 with no corresponding credit in Fiscal 2019, unfavorable foreign currency translation, and organic contract revenue decline.
Operating expenses
Operating expenses for Fiscal 2019 were $47,686, an increase of 2.2% over $46,646 for Fiscal 2018. The acquisitions of Clement May and KRI drove an additional increase of 5.7% in operating expense. Excluding the acquisitions, operating expenses decreased by 4.3% driven by lower non-recurring costs, legal, and other costs associated with acquisitions, lower variable costs and savings attributable to synergies within the subsidiaries, cost savings initiatives, and the PeopleServe divesture.
20
Other expenses for Fiscal 2019 was $5,852, a decrease of 28.1% from $8,137 in Fiscal 2018. The decrease is driven by the following: gain of $1,077 on CBS Butler earnout settlement in Fiscal 2019, $847 gain on settlement of FirstPro Inc. deferred consideration in Fiscal 2019; $383 gain in remeasuring the intercompany note in Fiscal 2019 compared to a loss of $686 in Fiscal 2018; $758 lower interest expense recorded in Fiscal 2019 versus Fiscal 2018 due to the $13 million debt conversion in Fiscal 2018. These were partially offset by a gain of $879 from fair valuing warrants in Fiscal 2018, with no corresponding gain in Fiscal 2019; $238 gain from the sale of PeopleServe in Fiscal 2018; $277 of higher net amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs; and lower other income mainly due to a true up adjustment to the CBS Butler earnout in Fiscal 2018.
Non-GAAP Measures
To supplement our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), we also use non-GAAP financial measures and Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) in addition to our GAAP results. We believe non-GAAP financial measures and KPIs may provide useful information for evaluating our cash operating performance, ability to service debt, compliance with debt covenants and measurement against competitors. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly entitled measures reported by other companies.
We present the following non-GAAP financial measure and KPIs in this report:
Revenue and Gross Profit by Business Streams We use this KPI to measure the Company’s mix of Revenue and respective profitability between its two main lines of business due to their differing margins. For clarity, these lines of business are not the Company’s operating segments, as this information is not currently regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to allocate capital and resources. Rather, we use this KPI to benchmark the Company against the industry.
The following table details Revenue and Gross Profit by Business Streams:
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Mix |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|
Mix |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial Staffing - US |
|
$ |
127,330 |
|
|
46% |
|
|
$ |
107,318 |
|
|
41% |
|
||
Professional Staffing - US |
|
|
37,294 |
|
|
13% |
|
|
|
49,752 |
|
|
19% |
|
||
Professional Staffing - UK |
|
|
113,854 |
|
|
41% |
|
|
|
103,856 |
|
|
40% |
|
||
Total Service Revenue |
|
$ |
278,478 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
260,926 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial Staffing - US |
|
$ |
20,080 |
|
|
42% |
|
|
$ |
17,496 |
|
|
36% |
|
||
Professional Staffing - US |
|
|
14,081 |
|
|
29% |
|
|
|
15,610 |
|
|
32% |
|
||
Professional Staffing - UK |
|
|
14,148 |
|
|
29% |
|
|
|
15,199 |
|
|
32% |
|
||
Total Gross Profit |
|
$ |
48,309 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
48,304 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Margin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial Staffing - US |
|
|
15.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Professional Staffing - US |
|
|
37.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Professional Staffing - UK |
|
|
12.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Total Gross Margin |
|
|
17.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
21
Adjusted EBITDA This measure is defined as net loss attributable to common stock before: interest expense, benefit from (provision for) income taxes; income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax; other (income) expense, net, in operating income (loss); amortization and impairment of intangible assets; impairment of goodwill; depreciation; operational restructuring and other charges; other income (expense), net, below operating income (loss); non-cash expenses associated with stock compensation; and charges the Company considers to be non-recurring in nature such as legal expenses associated with litigation, professional fees associated potential and completed acquisitions. We use this measure because we believe it provides a more meaningful understanding of the profit and cash flow generation of the Company.
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
|
$ |
(4,894 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,501 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense and amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs |
|
|
7,628 |
|
|
|
8,386 |
|
Benefit (loss) from income taxes |
|
|
(335 |
) |
|
|
22 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
4,226 |
|
|
|
3,704 |
|
EBITDA |
|
$ |
6,625 |
|
|
$ |
5,611 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring expenses (1) |
|
|
4,956 |
|
|
|
3,124 |
|
Other non-cash charges (2) |
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
1,158 |
|
Gain in fair value of warrant liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(879 |
) |
Re-measurement loss on intercompany note |
|
|
(383 |
) |
|
|
686 |
|
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration |
|
|
(1,924 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Restructuring charges |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(57 |
) |
Gain from sale of business |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(238 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
(326 |
) |
|
|
(398 |
) |
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
9,778 |
|
|
$ |
9,007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA (3) |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
2,378 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA (4) |
|
$ |
9,778 |
|
|
$ |
11,384 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted Gross Profit (5) |
|
$ |
48,309 |
|
|
$ |
47,512 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA as percentage of Adjusted Gross Profit |
|
|
20.2 |
% |
|
|
19.0 |
% |
|
(1) |
Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring expenses primarily relate to capital raising expenses, acquisition and integration expenses and legal expenses incurred in relation to matters outside the ordinary course of business. |
|
(2) |
Other non-cash charges primarily relate to staff option and share compensation expense, expense for shares issued to directors for board services, and consideration paid for consulting services. |
|
(3) |
Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA excludes the Adjusted EBITDA of acquisitions for the period prior to the acquisition date. |
|
(4) |
Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA includes the Adjusted EBITDA of acquisitions for the period prior to the acquisition date. |
(5) Adjusted Gross Profit EBITDA excludes gross profit of business divested in June 2018, for the period prior to divested date.
Operating Leverage This measure is calculated by dividing the growth in Adjusted EBITDA by the growth in Gross Profit, on a trailing 12-month basis. We use this KPI because we believe it provides a measure of the Company’s efficiency for converting incremental gross profit into Adjusted EBITDA.
.
22
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit - TTM (Current Period) |
|
$ |
48,309 |
|
|
$ |
48,304 |
|
Gross Profit - TTM (Prior Period) |
|
|
48,304 |
|
|
|
36,741 |
|
Gross Profit - Growth |
|
$ |
5 |
|
|
$ |
11,563 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA - TTM (Current Period) |
|
$ |
9,778 |
|
|
$ |
9,007 |
|
Adjusted EBITDA - TTM (Prior Period) |
|
|
9,007 |
|
|
|
7,391 |
|
Adjusted EBITDA - Growth |
|
$ |
771 |
|
|
$ |
1,616 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Leverage |
|
|
15420 |
% |
|
|
14.0 |
% |
Leverage Ratio Calculated as Total Debt, Net, gross of any Original Issue Discount, divided by Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing 12-months. We use this KPI as an indicator of the Company’s ability to service its debt prospectively.
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Term Debt, Net |
|
$ |
38,816 |
|
|
$ |
36,222 |
|
Addback: Total Debt Discount and Deferred Financing Costs |
|
|
497 |
|
|
|
1,171 |
|
Total Debt |
|
$ |
39,313 |
|
|
$ |
37,393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TTM Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
9,778 |
|
|
$ |
9,007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma TTM Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
9,778 |
|
|
$ |
11,384 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma Leverage Ratio |
|
4.02x |
|
|
3.28x |
|
Operating Cash Flow Including Proceeds from Accounts Receivable Financing calculated as net cash (used in) provided by operating activities plus net proceeds from accounts receivable financing. Because much of the Company’s temporary payroll expense is paid weekly and in advance of clients remitting payment for invoices, operating cash flow is often weaker in staffing companies where revenue and accounts receivable are growing. Accounts receivable financing is essentially an advance on client remittances and is primarily used to fund temporary payroll. As such, we believe this measure is helpful to investors as an indicator of the Company’s underlying operating cash flow.
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flow (used in) provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
(10,840 |
) |
|
$ |
1,971 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price |
|
|
13,970 |
|
|
|
10,448 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments on accounts receivable financing |
|
|
(2,708 |
) |
|
|
(13,759 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities including proceeds from accounts receivable financing |
|
$ |
422 |
|
|
$ |
(1,340 |
) |
The Leverage Ratio and Operating Cash Flow Including Proceeds from Accounts Receivable Financing should be considered together with the information in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section, immediately below.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity is the ability of a company to generate funds to support its current and future operations, satisfy its obligations, and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. Historically, we have funded our operations through term loans, promissory notes, bonds, convertible notes, private placement offerings and sales of equity.
23
Our primary uses of cash have been for professional fees related to our operations and financial reporting requirements and for the payment of compensation, benefits and consulting fees. The following trends may occur as the Company continues to execute on its strategy:
|
• |
An increase in working capital requirements to finance organic growth, |
|
• |
Addition of administrative and sales personnel as the business grows, |
|
• |
Increases in advertising, public relations and sales promotions for existing and new brands as we expand within existing markets or enter new markets, |
|
• |
A continuation of the costs associated with being a public company, and |
|
• |
Capital expenditures to add technologies. |
Our liquidity may be negatively impacted by the significant costs associated with our public company reporting requirements, costs associated with newly applicable corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We expect all of these applicable rules and regulations could significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and increase the use of resources.
For Fiscal 2019 the Company had a working capital deficiency of $55,353 an accumulated deficit of $76,537, and a net loss of $4,894.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company has unsecured payment due in the next 12 months associated with a historical acquisition and secured current debt arrangements which are in excess of cash and cash equivalents on hand, in addition to funding operational growth requirements. Historically, the Company has funded such payments either through cash flow from operations or the raising of capital through additional debt or equity. If the Company is unable to obtain additional capital, such payments may not be made on time. Additionally, with the onset of COVID-19 pandemic, there is further uncertainty related to our future revenues, gross profit and cash flows. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments or classifications that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.
Operating activities
For Fiscal 2019, net cash used in operations of $10,840 was primarily attributable to changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $8,697 and a net loss of $4,894; offset by non-cash adjustments of $2,751. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relates to an increase in accounts receivable of $7,574, increase other assets of $590, decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1,893, decrease in other current liabilities of $94, decrease in other long term liabilities of $85; offset by increase in accounts payable – related party of $1,114, decrease in prepaid expenses of $367, and other of $58. Non cash add backs of $2,750 primarily relates to amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of $3,369, amortization of debt discount and deferred financing of $857, stock based compensation of $832; offset by remeasurement gain on intercompany note of $383 and gain on settlement of deferred consideration of $1,924.
Cash provided by operations was $1,971 for Fiscal 2018. This is primarily attributable to changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $4,048, non-cash adjustments of $4,424, partially offset by net loss of $6,501. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relates to a decrease in accounts receivable of $5,141, decrease in prepaids and other current assets of $188, decrease in other assets of $83, increase in other current liabilities of $198 and other of $332, offset by decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1,456, decrease in related party payables of $184, and decrease in other long term liabilities of $254. Non cash add backs of $4,424 primarily relate to amortization of intangible assets of $2,536, amortization of debt discount and deferred financing of $580, stock based compensation of $1,151, depreciation of $588, remeasurement loss on intercompany note of $686, offset by gain from sale of business of $238 and change in fair value of warrant liability of $879.
Investing activities
For Fiscal 2019, net cash flows provided by investing activities was $13,460, $13,970 related to collection of the beneficial interest from HSBC partially offset by purchase of property and equipment of $510.
Net cash flows provided by investing activities for Fiscal 2018 was $1,666 and is due to the acquisitions of Clement May and KRI of $9,760 and purchase of property and equipment of $425; offset by disposal of business, net of $1,403 and the collection of the beneficial interest from HSBC of $10,448.
Financing activities
For Fiscal 2019, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $4,389, of which $2,708 relates to repayments on accounts receivable financing, net, payment on deferred consideration for $6,230, third party financing costs of $1,154, dividends paid to related parties of
24
$1,175, dividends paid to shareholders of $337, and repayment on HSBC loan of $650; financing costs – related party of $188; offset by proceeds from equity raise of $5,515 and proceeds from related party term loan of $2,538.
For Fiscal 2018, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $3,556, of which $13,759 related to proceeds from accounts receivable financing, net, payments for earn outs $1,402, repayment of term loans $596, related party financing costs of $280, third party financing costs of $109, dividends to related parties of $200, offset by proceeds from related party loans of $8,428, proceeds from term loans of $2,047 and proceeds from the At-market facility of $2,315.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Management believes the Company’s critical accounting policies and estimates to be:
Revenue Recognition
On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers for all open contracts and related amendments as of December 31, 2017 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption had no impact to the reported results. Results for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2017 are presented under ASC 606, while the comparative information will not be restated and will continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.
The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms vary by client and the services offered.
The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue. Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on an hourly basis. The contracts stipulate weekly billing and the Company has elected the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based on the hours incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer stipulates a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to the customer.
Income Taxes
The Company utilizes Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10-50, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, which provides clarification related to the process associated with accounting for uncertain tax positions recognized in the financial statements. Audit periods remain open for review until the statute of limitations has passed. The completion of review or the expiration of the statute of limitations for a given audit period could result in an adjustment to the Company’s liability for income taxes. Any such adjustment could be material to the Company’s results of operations for any given quarterly or annual period based, in part, upon the results of operations for the given period. As of the date of this filing, the Company is current on all corporate, federal and state tax returns. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.
Business Combinations
In accordance with ASC 805, "Business Combinations”, the Company records acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting, under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair
25
values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require us to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
In accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, the Company measures and accounts for certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, and establishes a framework for measuring fair value and standards for disclosure about such fair value measurements.
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
Level 1:Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2:Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data
Level 3:Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
Goodwill
Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with various acquisitions and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable intangible and tangible net assets when accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but it is subject to periodic review for impairment. Events that would indicate impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, a decline in the equity value of the business, a significant adverse change in certain agreements that would materially affect reported operating results, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.
In accordance with ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Goodwill for Impairment, or ASU 2011-08, the Company is required to review goodwill by reporting unit for impairment at least annually or more often if there are indicators of impairment present. A reporting unit is either the equivalent of, or one level below, an operating segment. The Company early adopted the provisions in ASU 2017-04, which eliminates the second step of the goodwill impairment test. As a result, the Company's goodwill impairment tests include only one step, which is a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its fair value, and any excess carrying value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit, is impaired.
The carrying value of each reporting unit is based on the assignment of the appropriate assets and liabilities to each reporting unit. Assets and liabilities were assigned to each reporting unit if the assets or liabilities are employed in the operations of the reporting unit and the asset and liability is considered in the determination of the reporting unit fair value.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced the Company may differ materially and adversely from its estimates. To the extent there are material differences between estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected. Significant estimates for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, include the valuation of intangible assets, including goodwill, liabilities associated with earn-out obligations, testing long-lived assets for impairment and valuation reserves against deferred tax assets.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers for all open contracts and related amendments as of December 31, 2017 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption had no impact to the reported results. Results for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2017 are presented under ASC 606, while the comparative information will not be restated and will continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract;
26
(3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.
The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms vary by client and the services offered.
The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue. Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on an hourly basis. The contracts stipulate weekly billing and the Company has elected the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based on the hours incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer stipulates a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to the customer.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842). The Company adopted this guidance effective December 30, 2018. Under the new provisions, all lessees will report a right-of-use asset and a liability for the obligation to make payments for all leases with the exception of those leases with a term of 12 months or less. All other leases will fall into one of two categories: (i) Financing leases, similar to capital leases, which will require the recognition of an asset and liability, measured at the present value of the lease payments and (ii) Operating leases which will require the recognition of an asset and liability measured at the present value of the lease payments. Lessor accounting remains substantially unchanged with the exception that no leases entered into after the effective date will be classified as leveraged leases. For sale leaseback transactions, the sale will only be recognized if the criteria in the new revenue recognition standard are met. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company has elected to apply the ‘package of practical expedients’ which allow us to not reassess i) whether existing or expired arrangements contain a lease, ii) the lease classification of existing or expired leases, or iii) whether previous initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new lease standard. The Company has also elected to apply i) the practical expedient which allows us to not separate lease and non-lease components, and (2) the short-term lease exemption for all leases with an original term of less than 12 months, for purposes of applying the recognition and measurements requirements in the new standard. The adoption of the new standard resulted in the recognition of additional lease liabilities of approximately $4,980, and right-of-use assets of approximately $4,888 as of December 28, 2019 related to the Company’s operating leases. The new standard did not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations or consolidated statement of cash flows.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Not required for smaller reporting companies.
27
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
F-1 |
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 |
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-8 |
28
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.
New York, NY
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 28, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 28, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Emphasis of Matter Regarding Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses, has a net capital deficiency, and faces uncertainty as to the operational impact of the COVID-19 outbreak, that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842) effective December 30, 2018.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2017.
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
New York, NY
May 11, 2020
F-1
STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)
|
|
As of Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
As of Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
|
$ |
1,196 |
|
|
$ |
3,181 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
26,604 |
|
|
|
32,746 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
842 |
|
|
|
1,197 |
|
Total Current Assets |
|
|
28,642 |
|
|
|
37,124 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
1,528 |
|
|
|
1,639 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
31,049 |
|
|
|
32,061 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
19,511 |
|
|
|
22,657 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
3,223 |
|
|
|
2,956 |
|
ROU assets |
|
|
4,888 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
88,841 |
|
|
$ |
96,437 |
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
$ |
16,577 |
|
|
$ |
18,283 |
|
Accrued expenses - related party |
|
|
3,884 |
|
|
|
1,457 |
|
Current debt, related party |
|
|
37,780 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Current portion of debt |
|
|
676 |
|
|
|
657 |
|
Accounts receivable financing |
|
|
19,374 |
|
|
|
21,979 |
|
Leases - current liabilities |
|
|
1,797 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
3,907 |
|
|
|
9,642 |
|
Total Current Liabilities |
|
|
83,995 |
|
|
|
52,018 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, related party |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
34,568 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
997 |
|
Leases - non current |
|
|
3,183 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
1,670 |
|
|
|
4,659 |
|
Total Liabilities |
|
|
89,208 |
|
|
|
92,242 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Series E-1 Preferred Stock, 6,500 designated, $0.00001 par value, 729 and 81 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A Preferred Stock, related party, 1,663,008 designated, $0.00001 par value, $1.00 stated value, 1,663,008 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Series E Preferred Stock, 13,000 designated, $0.00001 par value, 13,000 and 13,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 8,785,748 and 5,326,068 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Additional paid in capital |
|
|
76,214 |
|
|
|
73,772 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
(58 |
) |
|
|
2,053 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(76,537 |
) |
|
|
(71,643 |
) |
Total Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity |
|
|
(367 |
) |
|
|
4,195 |
|
Total Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders' (Deficit) Equity |
|
$ |
88,841 |
|
|
$ |
96,437 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-2
STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(All amounts in thousands, except share and per share values)
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
Revenue |
|
$ |
278,478 |
|
|
$ |
260,926 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
230,169 |
|
|
|
212,622 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit |
|
|
48,309 |
|
|
|
48,304 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
44,327 |
|
|
|
43,579 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
3,369 |
|
|
|
3,124 |
|
Operating expenses - restructuring |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(57 |
) |
Total Operating Expenses |
|
|
47,686 |
|
|
|
46,646 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income From Operations |
|
|
623 |
|
|
|
1,658 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (Expenses) Income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(7,628 |
) |
|
|
(8,386 |
) |
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs |
|
|
(857 |
) |
|
|
(580 |
) |
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
879 |
|
Re-measurement gain (loss) on intercompany note |
|
|
383 |
|
|
|
(686 |
) |
Gain from sale of business |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
238 |
|
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration |
|
|
1,924 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Other, net |
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
398 |
|
Total Other Expenses, net |
|
|
(5,852 |
) |
|
|
(8,137 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss Before Benefit (Provision) For Income Tax |
|
|
(5,229 |
) |
|
|
(6,479 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit (provision) for income taxes |
|
|
335 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loss |
|
|
(4,894 |
) |
|
|
(6,501 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends - Series A preferred stock - related party |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
Dividends - Series E preferred stock - related party |
|
|
1,560 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
Dividends - Series E-1 preferred stock - related party |
|
|
728 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss Attributable to Common Stockholders |
|
$ |
(7,382 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,987 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loss |
|
$ |
(0.60 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.46 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders |
|
$ |
(0.90 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.57 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted |
|
|
8,198,519 |
|
|
|
4,444,033 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(All amounts in thousands)
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
|
$ |
(4,894 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,501 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Comprehensive Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange translation (loss) gain |
|
|
(2,111 |
) |
|
|
1,270 |
|
Comprehensive Loss Attributable to the Company |
|
$ |
(7,005 |
) |
|
$ |
(5,231 |
) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)
Shares |
|
|
Par Value |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Par Value |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Par Value |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Par Value |
|
|
Additional paid in capital |
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
|
|
Accumulated Deficit |
|
|
Total Equity |
|
|||||||||||||
|
Series D |
|
|
|
Series A |
|
|
Series E |
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance December 30, 2017 |
|
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
1,663,008 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
3,909,114 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
57,574 |
|
|
$ |
783 |
|
|
$ |
(65,142 |
) |
|
|
(6,785 |
) |
Shares issued to/for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees, directors and consultants |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
166,548 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
Acquisition of Clement May |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
21 |
|
Term loans |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
492,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
371 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
371 |
|
At-Market-Facility, net |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
742,980 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
2,245 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
2,245 |
|
Debt Conversion, net |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
13,000 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
12,214 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
12,227 |
|
Warrant adjustments |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
682 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
682 |
|
Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(200 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(200 |
) |
Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(195 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(195 |
) |
Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party |
|
81 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(91 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(91 |
) |
Foreign currency translation gain |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,270 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,270 |
|
Additional shares issues on share split |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Net loss |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(6,501 |
) |
|
|
(6,501 |
) |
Balance December 29, 2018 |
|
81 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
1,663,008 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
13,000 |
|
|
$ |
13 |
|
|
|
5,326,068 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
73,772 |
|
|
$ |
2,053 |
|
|
$ |
(71,643 |
) |
|
$ |
4,195 |
|
The accompany notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)
|
Shares |
|
|
Par Value |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Par Value |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Par Value |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Par Value |
|
|
Additional paid in capital |
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
|
|
Accumulated Deficit |
|
|
Total Equity (Deficit) |
|
||||||||||||
|
Series E-1 |
|
|
|
Series A |
|
|
Series E |
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance December 29, 2018 |
|
81 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
1,663,008 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
13,000 |
|
|
$ |
13 |
|
|
|
5,326,068 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
73,772 |
|
|
$ |
2,053 |
|
|
$ |
(71,643 |
) |
|
$ |
4,195 |
|
Shares issued to/for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees, directors and consultants |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
28,400 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
832 |
|
Sale of common stock, net |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,331,280 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4,360 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,361 |
|
Share issuance - Jackson |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
75 |
|
Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(200 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(200 |
) |
Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(1,560 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(1,560 |
) |
Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party |
|
648 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(728 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(728 |
) |
Dividends - Common stockholders |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(337 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(337 |
) |
Foreign currency translation loss |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(2,111 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(2,111 |
) |
Net loss |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(4,894 |
) |
|
|
(4,894 |
) |
Balance December 28, 2019 |
|
729 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
1,663,008 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
13,000 |
|
|
$ |
13 |
|
|
|
8,785,748 |
|
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
76,214 |
|
|
$ |
(58 |
) |
|
$ |
(76,537 |
) |
|
$ |
(367 |
) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
L[].’
F-6
STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(All amounts in thousands)
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(4,894 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,501 |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
3,369 |
|
|
|
3,124 |
|
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs |
|
|
857 |
|
|
|
580 |
|
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration |
|
|
(1,924 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Stock based compensation |
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
Gain from sale of business |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(238 |
) |
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(879 |
) |
Re-measurement loss on intercompany note |
|
|
(383 |
) |
|
|
686 |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(7,574 |
) |
|
|
5,141 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
188 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
(590 |
) |
|
|
83 |
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
(1,893 |
) |
|
|
(1,456 |
) |
Accounts payable - Related parties |
|
|
1,114 |
|
|
|
(184 |
) |
Other current liabilities |
|
|
(94 |
) |
|
|
198 |
|
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
(85 |
) |
|
|
(254 |
) |
Other, net |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
(10,840 |
) |
|
|
1,971 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(9,760 |
) |
Collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price |
|
|
13,970 |
|
|
|
10,448 |
|
Disposal of business, net of cash |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1,403 |
|
Purchase of property and equipment |
|
|
(510 |
) |
|
|
(425 |
) |
NET CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
13,460 |
|
|
|
1,666 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third-party financing costs |
|
|
(1,154 |
) |
|
|
(109 |
) |
Related-party financing costs |
|
|
(188 |
) |
|
|
(280 |
) |
Payments for earn-outs |
|
|
(6,230 |
) |
|
|
(1,402 |
) |
Proceeds from term loans - related party |
|
|
2,538 |
|
|
|
8,428 |
|
Proceeds from term loans |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
2,047 |
|
Repayment of term loans |
|
|
(650 |
) |
|
|
(596 |
) |
Repayments on accounts receivable financing, net |
|
|
(2,708 |
) |
|
|
(13,759 |
) |
Dividends - related party |
|
|
(1,175 |
) |
|
|
(200 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of common stock |
|
|
5,515 |
|
|
|
2,315 |
|
Dividends paid on common stock |
|
|
(337 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
(4,389 |
) |
|
|
(3,556 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH |
|
|
(1,769 |
) |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
(216 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH - Beginning of period |
|
|
3,181 |
|
|
|
3,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH - End of period |
|
$ |
1,196 |
|
|
$ |
3,181 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF”, on March 16, 2012. On June 15, 2017, the Company reincorporated in the State of Delaware. We are a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector. Our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology (“IT”), engineering, administration (“Professional”) and light industrial (“Commercial”) disciplines.
The Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split on September 17, 2015 and a one-for-five reverse stock split on January 3, 2018. All share and per share information in these consolidated financial statements has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
These consolidated financial statements and related notes are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), expressed in U.S. dollars. All amounts are in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments including normal recurring adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with the GAAP. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Change of Year End
On February 28, 2017, the board of directors (the “Board”) approved the change of the Company’s fiscal year end from May 31 to a 52-53-week year ending on the Saturday closest to the 31st of December, effective December 31, 2016. On April 12, 2017, the company filed a transition report (“Transition Report”), Form 10-K/T, for the period from June 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, (“Transition Period”). Following that Transition Report, we will file annual reports for each twelve-month period ending the Saturday closest to December 31. This report is for the period from December 30, 2018 to December 28, 2019, “Fiscal 2019”. The prior year’s report was for the period from December 31, 2017 to December 29, 2018, “Fiscal 2018”.
Liquidity
The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments or classifications that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As shown in the accompanying financial statements as of the year ended December 28, 2019, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $76,537 and a working capital deficit of $55,353. At December 28, 2019, we had total debt of $39,313 and $1,196 of cash on hand. We have historically met our cash needs through a combination of cash flows from operating activities, term loans, promissory notes, bonds, convertible notes, private placement offerings and sales of equity. Our cash requirements are generally for operating activities and debt repayments
The financial statements included in this annual report have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the recoverability of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Significant assumptions underlie this belief, including, among other things, that there will be no material adverse developments in our business, liquidity, capital requirements and that our credit facilities with our lenders will remain available to us.
Further, our note issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (“Jackson”) includes certain financial customary covenants and the Company has had instances, including as of the year ended December 28, 2019, of non-compliance. Management has historically been able to obtain from Jackson waivers of any non-compliance, including as of December 28, 2019, and management expects to continue to be able to obtain necessary waivers in the event of future non-compliance; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such waivers, and should Jackson refuse to provide a waiver in the future, the outstanding debt under the agreement could become due immediately, which exceeds our current cash balance.
Due to substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, the Company was not in compliance with its covenant with MidCap for the period ended December 28, 2019, as such amounts due are callable by the lender which exceeds our
F-8
current cash balance. On May 8, 2020, the Company received a notice from Midcap that they would currently not pursue available rights and remedies but reserve the right to do so at a later date.
Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company’s debt obligations and an unsecured payment associated with a historical acquisition are due in the next 12 months, and in the case our debt obligations with Jackson and MidCap Funding X Trust are due on demand due to certain covenant violations discussed above, which are in excess of cash and cash equivalents on hand. Historically, the Company has funded such payments either through cash flow from operations or the raising of capital through additional debt or equity. If the Company is unable to obtain additional capital, such payments may not be made on time.
The Novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”), is impacting worldwide economic activity, and activity in the United States and the United Kingdom where our operations are based. The nature of work of the contractors we support mostly are on the site of our clients. As a result, we are subject to the plans and approaches of our clients to work during this period. This includes whether they support remote working when they have decided to close their facilities. To the extent that our clients have decided to or are required to close their facilities or not permit remote work when they decide to close facilities, we would no longer generate revenue and profit from that client. Developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted the Company’s ability to deploy its staffing workforce effectively thereby impacting contracts with customers in the Company’s Commercial Staffing and Professional Staffing business streams where we have seen declines in revenues during the months of March and April 2020. While expected to be temporary, prolonged workforce disruptions can negatively impact sales in fiscal year 2020 and the Company’s overall liquidity.
These factors combined with the uncertainty generated by the economic reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of this report. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, industry, and workforce. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to estimate the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on its results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity for fiscal year 2020.
On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed into law the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act.” The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations, increased limitations on qualified charitable contributions, and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. It also appropriated funds for the SBA Paycheck Protection Program loans that are forgivable in certain situations to promote continued employment, as well as Economic Injury Disaster Loans to provide liquidity to small businesses harmed by COVID-19. The Company has applied for such funds and there is no assurance that the Company is eligible for these funds or will be able to obtain them.
Effective March 27, 2020, Company is deferring Federal Insurance Contributions Act (“FICA”) taxes under the CARES Act section 2302. Payment of these tax deferrals are delayed to December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022.
The Company continues to examine the impact that the CARES Act may have on our business. Currently, the Company is unable to determine the impact that the CARES Act will have on its financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity. The Company is, additionally, reviewing all of the available stimulus options in support of its UK business that have been implemented by the UK government including, but not limited to, furloughing of staff at the UK Government’s expense.
Acquisitions
Clement May Acquisition
On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) to acquire all of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”). Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550 ($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and paid on or around December 28, 2019 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (iv) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above acquisition, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc. The Company paid deferred consideration of £350 ($444) on June 26, 2019. The earnout payment of £500 ($656) was fully paid in December 2019.
F-9
Key Resources Inc. Acquisition
On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (“Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”).
The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2020. The payment of the earnout consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts.
To finance the KRI Transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428. On September 11, 2019, the Company entered into an amended agreement with the seller to delay the payment of the first year earnout of $2,027 until no later than February 27, 2020. For each full calendar month beyond August 27, 2019, that such payment is delayed, the Company shall pay the seller interest in the amount of $10 with the first such payment of interest due on September 30, 2019. In addition, the amended agreement was further amended to change the due date for the second year earnout payment of $2,027 from August 27, 2020, to February 27, 2020. The seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”) has filed a lawsuit against the Company asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against the Company due under a share purchase agreement and is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration of $4,054 due to Whitaker, within current liabilities as of December 28, 2019, in February 2020, the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract which more than approximates the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $30 in Fiscal 2019 and $40 subsequent to Fiscal 2019 year end.
PeopleServe Disposition
On June 6, 2018, the Company divested the stock of PeopleServe Inc., and PeopleServe PRS, Inc. for total consideration of $1,502. The Company recorded a gain of $238 from the sale of the business.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially and adversely from its estimates. To the extent there are material differences between estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected. Significant estimates for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 include the valuation of intangible assets, including goodwill, liabilities associated with earn-out obligations, testing long-lived assets for impairment and valuation reserves against deferred tax assets.
Revenue Recognition
On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers for all open contracts and related amendments as of December 31, 2017 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption had no impact to the reported results. Results for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2017 are presented under ASC 606, while the comparative information will not be restated and will continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.
The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms vary by client and the services offered.
The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue. Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives
F-10
and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on an hourly basis. The contracts stipulate weekly billing and the Company has elected the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based on the hours incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer stipulates a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to the customer. Revenue in Fiscal 2019 was comprised of $266,974 of temporary contractor revenue and $11,504 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $250,416 and $10,510 for Fiscal 2018, respectively. Refer to Note 13 for further details on breakdown by segments.
Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Agencies
The Company records taxes on customer transactions due to governmental agencies as a receivable and a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. Sales taxes are recorded net on the consolidated statement of operations.
Advertising Costs
Costs for advertising are expensed when incurred. Advertising expenses for the Company were $1,365 and $1,332 for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively.
Legal Contingencies and Expenses
From time to time, the Company may become involved in various claims, disputes and legal or regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business and relate to contractual and other obligations. The Company assesses its potential contingent and other liabilities by analyzing its claims, disputes and legal and regulatory matters using all available information and developing its views on estimated losses in consultation with its legal and other advisors. The Company determines whether a loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. If the contingency is not probable or cannot be reasonably estimated, disclosure of the contingency shall be made when there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred. Expenses associated with legal contingencies are expensed as incurred.
Restructuring Charges
The Company records a liability for significant costs associated with exit or disposal activities, including lease termination costs, certain employee severance costs associated with formal restructuring plans, facility closings or other similar activities and related asset impairments, when the liability is incurred.
The determination of when the Company accrues for severance and related costs depends on whether the termination benefits are provided under a one-time benefit arrangement or under an ongoing benefit arrangement. Where the Company has either a formal severance plan or a history of consistently providing severance benefits representing a substantive plan, it recognizes severance costs when they are both probable and estimable. Costs associated with restructuring actions that include one-time severance benefits are only recorded once a liability has been incurred, including when management with the proper level of authority has committed to a restructuring plan and the plan has been communicated to employees. These charges are included in operational restructuring and other charges on the consolidated statements of operations. Other charges include knowledge transfer costs directly related to the restructuring initiatives and are expensed as incurred.
The Briand Separation Agreement
Matthew Briand, the Company’s former employee, board member and officer, resigned from his positions with the Company and subsidiaries. The Company entered into an agreement (the “Briand Separation Agreement”) with Mr. Briand dated December 21, 2017, with an effective date (“Separation Date”) of January 31, 2018, pursuant to which Mr. Briand may provide advisory services, if requested by the Company, through the effective date. The Company paid approximately $190 and $690 in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively, to Mr. Briand, in full settlement of his separation agreement.
The Faiman Separation Agreement
On September 11, 2019, David Faiman, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, and the Company entered into an agreement whereby Mr. Faiman agreed to transition his position and responsibilities with the Company (“Faiman Separation Agreement”), and Mr. Faiman’s Employment Agreement, dated February 5, 2016, was terminated.
Under the terms of the Faiman Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman will continue as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, including acting as the Company’s principal financial officer, for a period lasting until the earlier of (i) December 31, 2019 and (ii) either (a) such
F-11
date that is a reasonable time, as determined by the Company, prior to the commencement of a new position by Mr. Faiman, or (b) upon the Company’s termination of Mr. Faiman’s obligation to provide transition services for Cause.
Pursuant to the Faiman Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman will be entitled to receive, among other things, (i) pay in an amount equal to his base salary through the separation date, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, (ii) continuation of Mr. Faiman’s current Company-sponsored employee benefits through the separation date, (iii) accelerated vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Mr. Faiman and the elimination of any obligations to forfeit such awards upon the termination of Mr. Faiman’s employment (provided that no award shall be extended beyond its original term) and (iv) a positive reference from the management of the Company. Effective January 1, 2020, Mr. Faiman was no longer with the Company. The Company has recognized approximately $190 in severance costs related to Mr. Faiman and has paid 91 subsequent to year end in 2020.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less when acquired, to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents held at financial institutions may at times exceed federally insured amounts. We believe we mitigate such risk by investing in or through major financial institutions. The Company had no cash equivalents at the end of Fiscal 2019 or Fiscal 2018.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. In evaluating the collectability of individual receivable balances, the Company considers many factors, including the age of the balance, a customer’s historical payment history, its current credit-worthiness and current economic trends. Accounts are written off after all efforts to collect have been exhausted. As of the end of Fiscal 2019 and the Fiscal 2018, the Company had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $210 and $248, respectively.
Income Taxes
The Company utilizes Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10-50, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, which provides clarification related to the process associated with accounting for uncertain tax positions recognized in the financial statements. Audit periods remain open for review until the statute of limitations has passed. The completion of review or the expiration of the statute of limitations for a given audit period could result in an adjustment to the Company’s liability for income taxes. Any such adjustment could be material to the Company’s results of operations for any given quarterly or annual period based, in part, upon the results of operations for the given period. As of the date of this filing, the Company is current on all corporate, federal and state tax returns. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.
Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating in foreign countries are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and equity is translated at historical rate. Results of operations are translated using average exchange rates. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars are included in a separate component of stockholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income), while gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in operations.
Deferred Financing Costs
Costs incurred in connection with obtaining certain financing are deferred and amortized on an effective interest method basis over the term of the related obligation. In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03, “Imputation of Interest – Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”, debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount.
F-12
Business Combinations
In accordance with ASC 805, "Business Combinations”, the Company records acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting, under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require us to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
In accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, the Company measures and accounts for certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, and establishes a framework for measuring fair value and standards for disclosure about such fair value measurements.
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
Level 1: |
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities |
Level 2: |
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data |
Level 3: |
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions. |
There were no Level 1or 2 assets or liabilities or Level 3 assets in any period. The Company’s Level 3 liabilities were its warrants issued to Jackson and contingent consideration in connection with acquisitions. The Company had accounted for the warrants issued to Jackson as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to certain anti-dilution protection provisions. On April 25, 2018, the Company and Jackson amended the Warrant to remove the anti-dilution clauses. No economic terms were adjusted. These clauses were the basis for recording the warrants as a liability. Therefore, upon execution of this amendment, the Company recorded a mark-to-market gain and reclassed the remaining liability to Additional paid-in capital. The Company recorded a change in fair value of the warrant liability of $0 and $879 in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively.
The table below represents a rollforward of the Level 3 warrant liability and contingent consideration:
|
|
Contingent Consideration |
|
|
|
$ |
5,029 |
|
|
CBS Butler earnout adjustment |
|
|
(146 |
) |
CBS Butler interest accretion |
|
|
682 |
|
KRI deferred consideration |
|
|
3,531 |
|
Clement May earnout |
|
|
635 |
|
Balance at December 29, 2018 |
|
$ |
9,731 |
|
CBS Butler earnout payment |
|
|
(3,930 |
) |
CBS Butler gain on settlement of earnout |
|
|
(1,077 |
) |
KRI deferred consideration |
|
|
408 |
|
Clement May earnout |
|
|
(656 |
) |
Change in fair value |
|
|
(537 |
) |
Balance at December 28, 2019 |
|
$ |
3,939 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash is considered to be highly liquid and easily tradable and therefore classified as Level 1 within our fair value hierarchy.
ASC 825-10-25, “Fair Value Option” expands opportunities to use fair value measurements in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company did not elect the fair value options for any of its qualifying financial instruments.
F-13
Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives for each category as follows:
|
3-5 years |
|
Computer equipment |
|
3-5 years |
Network equipment |
|
3-5 years |
Software |
|
3-5 years |
Office equipment |
|
3-7 years |
Furniture and fixtures |
|
3-7 years |
Leasehold improvements |
|
3-5 years |
Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major improvements are capitalized.
At the time of retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gains or losses are reflected in Other income/(expenses).
Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with ASC 360 “Property, Plant, and Equipment”, the Company periodically reviews its long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows will not be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount. The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the estimated fair value and the book value of the underlying asset.
Goodwill
Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with various acquisitions and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable intangible and tangible net assets when accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but it is subject to periodic review for impairment. Events that would indicate impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, a decline in the equity value of the business, a significant adverse change in certain agreements that would materially affect reported operating results, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.
In accordance with ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Goodwill for Impairment, or ASU 2011-08, the Company is required to review goodwill by reporting unit for impairment at least annually or more often if there are indicators of impairment present. A reporting unit is either the equivalent of, or one level below, an operating segment. The Company early adopted the provisions in ASU 2017-04, which eliminates the second step of the goodwill impairment test. As a result, the Company's goodwill impairment tests include only one step, which is a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its fair value, and any excess carrying value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit, is impaired.
The carrying value of each reporting unit is based on the assignment of the appropriate assets and liabilities to each reporting unit. Assets and liabilities were assigned to each reporting unit if the assets or liabilities are employed in the operations of the reporting unit and the asset and liability is considered in the determination of the reporting unit fair value.
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivative and Hedging”.
Accounting standards generally provides three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur, and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would
F-14
be considered a derivative instrument. Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument.”
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance with professional standards when “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features,” as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments.” Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Original issue discounts (“OID”) under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note.
ASC 815-40 provides that, among other things, generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control and could require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based instruments issued to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”, which requires companies to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity based compensation issued to employees. The Company accounts for non-employee share-based awards in accordance with ASC Topic 505-50, “Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees”.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers for all open contracts and related amendments as of December 31, 2017 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption had no impact to the reported results. Results for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2017 are presented under ASC 606, while the comparative information will not be restated and will continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.
The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms vary by client and the services offered.
The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue. Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on an hourly basis. The contracts stipulate weekly billing and the Company has elected the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based on the hours incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer stipulates a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to the customer.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842). The Company adopted this guidance effective December 30, 2018. Under the new provisions, all lessees will report a right-of-use asset and a liability for the obligation to make payments for all leases with the exception of those leases with a term of 12 months or less. All other leases will fall into one of two categories: (i) Financing leases, similar to capital leases, which will require the recognition of an asset and liability, measured at the present value of the lease payments and (ii) Operating leases which will require the recognition of an asset and liability measured at the present value of the lease payments. Lessor accounting remains substantially unchanged with the exception that no leases entered into after the effective date will be classified as leveraged leases. For sale leaseback transactions, the sale will only be recognized if the criteria in the new
F-15
revenue recognition standard are met. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company has elected to apply the ‘package of practical expedients’ which allow us to not reassess i) whether existing or expired arrangements contain a lease, ii) the lease classification of existing or expired leases, or iii) whether previous initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new lease standard. The Company has also elected to apply i) the practical expedient which allows us to not separate lease and non-lease components, and (2) the short-term lease exemption for all leases with an original term of less than 12 months, for purposes of applying the recognition and measurements requirements in the new standard. The adoption of the new standard resulted in the recognition of additional lease liabilities of approximately $4,980, and right-of-use assets of approximately $4,888 as of December 28, 2019 related to the Company’s operating leases. The new standard did not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations or consolidated statement of cash flows.
F-16
NOTE 3 – LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
The Company utilizes the guidance per ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”. Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing income/loss available to stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock shares outstanding during each period. Our Series A preferred stock holders receive certain dividends or dividend equivalents that are considered participating securities and our loss per share is computed using the two-class method. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common stock shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period. Dilutive common stock share equivalents consist of common shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock, certain equity awards and the exercise of stock options and warrants (calculated using the modified treasury stock method). Such securities, shown below, presented on a common share equivalent basis and outstanding as of the end of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, have been excluded from the per share computations since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
Warrants |
|
|
925,935 |
|
|
|
925,935 |
|
Long term incentive plan (LTIP) |
|
|
365,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Options |
|
|
76,500 |
|
|
|
111,400 |
|
Convertible preferred shares |
|
|
7,785,766 |
|
|
|
7,395,404 |
|
Restricted shares - unvested |
|
|
590,440 |
|
|
|
572,256 |
|
Total |
|
|
9,743,641 |
|
|
|
9,004,995 |
|
NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consists of the following:
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|||
Computer software |
|
$ |
314 |
|
|
$ |
251 |
|
Office equipment |
|
|
323 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
Computer equipment |
|
|
1,009 |
|
|
|
960 |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
1,175 |
|
|
|
965 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
956 |
|
|
|
862 |
|
Total property and equipment, gross |
|
|
3,777 |
|
|
|
3,246 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(2,250 |
) |
|
|
(1,607 |
) |
Total property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
1,528 |
|
|
$ |
1,639 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 was $643 and $588, respectively.
NOTE 5 – OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS
The following provides a breakdown of other non-current assets:
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
|
$ |
3,204 |
|
|
$ |
2,956 |
|
|
Other non-current assets |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Total |
|
$ |
3,223 |
|
|
$ |
2,956 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
The following provides a breakdown of intangible assets as of:
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
Tradenames |
|
|
Non-Compete |
|
|
Customer Relationships |
|
|
Total |
|
||||
Intangible assets, gross |
|
$ |
9,458 |
|
|
$ |
2,488 |
|
|
$ |
22,757 |
|
|
$ |
34,703 |
|
Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(3,558 |
) |
|
|
(2,349 |
) |
|
|
(9,285 |
) |
|
|
(15,192 |
) |
Intangible assets, net |
|
$ |
5,900 |
|
|
$ |
139 |
|
|
$ |
13,472 |
|
|
$ |
19,511 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Tradenames |
|
|
Non-Compete |
|
|
Customer Relationships |
|
|
Total |
|
||||
Intangible assets, gross |
|
$ |
9,580 |
|
|
$ |
2,487 |
|
|
$ |
23,234 |
|
|
$ |
35,301 |
|
Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(2,747 |
) |
|
|
(2,259 |
) |
|
|
(7,638 |
) |
|
|
(12,644 |
) |
Intangible assets, net |
|
$ |
6,833 |
|
|
$ |
228 |
|
|
$ |
15,596 |
|
|
$ |
22,657 |
|
In connection with the acquisition of Clement May and KRI, the Company recognized intangible assets of $1,194 and $7,400, respectively, representing trade names, non compete and customer relationships. These assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 10 years. On June 6, 2018, the Company divested the stock of PeopleServe Inc., and PeopleServe PRS, Inc. and wrote off gross intangibles of $2,999 and accumulated amortization of $2,460.
As of December 28, 2019, estimated annual amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:
Fiscal year ended December |
|
Amount |
|
|
|
$ |
2,591 |
|
|
2021 |
|
|
2,546 |
|
2022 |
|
|
2,500 |
|
2023 |
|
|
2,500 |
|
2024 |
|
|
2,500 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
6,874 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
19,511 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets for the period ended Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 was $2,726 and $2,811, respectively. The weighted average useful life remaining of intangible assets remaining is 8 years.
NOTE 7 – GOODWILL
The following table provides a roll forward of goodwill:
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|||
Beginning balance, gross |
|
$ |
38,139 |
|
|
$ |
33,247 |
|
Accumulated impairment losses |
|
|
(6,078 |
) |
|
|
(6,078 |
) |
Beginning balance, net |
|
|
32,061 |
|
|
|
27,169 |
|
Acquisitions |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
4,892 |
|
Currency translation adjustment |
|
|
(1,012 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Ending balance, net |
|
$ |
31,049 |
|
|
$ |
32,061 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded goodwill of $1,545 and $3,347 related to the acquisition of Clement May and KRI, respectively.
Goodwill by reportable segment is as follows:
F-18
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|||
Commercial Staffing - US |
|
$ |
6,102 |
|
|
$ |
6,102 |
|
Professional Staffing - US |
|
|
10,527 |
|
|
|
10,527 |
|
Professional Staffing - UK |
|
|
14,420 |
|
|
|
15,432 |
|
Ending balance, net |
|
$ |
31,049 |
|
|
$ |
32,061 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. ASC 350, requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis and between annual tests when circumstances indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill may be in doubt. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of September 29, 2019 and no impairment was recognized. The Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples) and income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) to derive the fair value of the reporting unit when performing its annual impairment testing. Volatility in the Company’s stock price can result in the net book value of our reporting unit approximating, or even temporarily exceeding market capitalization, however, the fair value of our reporting unit is not driven solely by the market price of our stock. As described above, fair value of our reporting unit is derived using a combination of an asset approach, an income approach and a market approach. These valuation techniques consider several other factors beyond our market capitalization, such as the estimated future cash flows of our reporting units, the discount rate used to present value such cash flows and the market multiples of comparable companies. Changes to input assumptions used in the analysis could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.
No impairments to goodwill were recognized during the year ended December 28, 2019, however, in the case of two reporting units, the fair value exceeded the carrying value by a minimal percentage. Reporting Unit A has goodwill of $14.4 million and an estimated fair value that exceeds its carrying value by approximately 16.1% and Reporting Unit B has goodwill of $3.4 million and an estimated fair value that exceeds its carrying value by approximately 7%. Goodwill for these two reporting units should be considered at risk given the approximation of the estimated fair value to the carrying value of the respective reporting units. In the assumptions utilized by management, declines to revenue are expected in 2020 and then improve in future years with modest growth rates of between 2% and 6%. Further, management expects to recognize expense synergies in both Reporting Units as the Company continues to integrate recently acquired businesses. The assumed discount rate utilized in the income approach model was considered to be commensurate with the estimation uncertainty for these reporting units. If the assumptions utilized by management are not achieved and declines to operations are greater than anticipated in 2020 while failing to achieve growth in future periods an impairment to goodwill could be recorded and such amount could be material to the financial statements. A reduction in the projected long-term operating performance of either of these reporting units, market declines, changes in discount rates or other conditions could result in an impairment in the future.
The forecasts utilized by management in the goodwill impairment test for the year ended December 28, 2019 excluded any potential adverse operational impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
NOTE 8 – ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
The following provides a breakdown of accounts payable and accrued expenses:
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
1,412 |
|
|
$ |
3,213 |
|
Accrued payroll, taxes and bonuses |
|
|
12,700 |
|
|
|
11,378 |
|
Severance costs |
|
|
190 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
2,275 |
|
|
|
3,491 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
16,577 |
|
|
$ |
18,283 |
|
NOTE 9 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FINANCING
Midcap Funding Trust
Prior to September 15, 2017, certain U.S. subsidiaries of the Company were parties to a $25,000 revolving loan facility with MidCap Funding X Trust (“MidCap”), with the option to increase the amount by an additional $25,000, with a maturity of April 8, 2019. The facility provided for borrowing of 85% against eligible receivables and carried an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.0%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0% per annum. The Company could prepay all or any portion of the balance at any time subject to a prepayment premium of: (i) 2.0% if prepaid in the first year of the loan; and (ii) 1.0% if prepaid thereafter. This loan is secured by a first priority lien in favor of MidCap on all of the Company’s US based assets except for the CSI assets. The Company entered into customary pledge and guaranty agreements to evidence the security interest in favor of MidCap.
F-19
On September 15, 2017, the Company amended the facility with Midcap to allow for additional borrowing against unbilled receivables up to 85% with a cap of $1,300 borrowing against such receivables. In addition, the maturity date of the facility was extended to April 8, 2020 and the prepayment premiums reset to: (i) 2% if prepaid in the first or second year post the amendment; and (ii) 1.0% if prepaid thereafter. No other material terms were amended on this date.
On August 2, 2019, the Company amended the facility with Midcap to allow for additional borrowing against the unbilled receivables by $1,000 to a cap of $2,300 and extended the maturity of the facility to August 2020.
The availability to the Company under the Midcap Facility is reduced by any outstanding letters of credit. The Midcap Facility allows the Company to issue letters of credit up to $150. As of December 28, 2019, $85 letters of credit were issued and outstanding.
The facility provides events of default including: (i) failure to make payment of principal or interest on any MidCap loans when required, (ii) failure to perform obligations under the facility and related documents, (iii) not paying its debts as such debts become due and similar insolvency matters, and (iv) material adverse changes to the Company (subject to a 10-day notice and cure period). Upon an event of default, the Company’s obligations under the credit facility may, or in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy will automatically, be accelerated. Upon the occurrence of any event of default, facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the lesser of: (i) 3.0% above the rate of interest applicable to such obligations immediately prior to the occurrence of the event of default; and (ii) the maximum rate allowable under law.
Under the terms of this agreement, the Company is subject to affirmative covenants which are customary for financings of this type, including: (i) maintain good standing and governmental authorizations, (ii) provide certain information and notices to MidCap, (iii) deliver monthly reports and quarterly financial statements to MidCap, (iv) maintain insurance, (v) discharge all taxes, (vi) protect their intellectual property, and (vii) generally protect the collateral granted to MidCap. The Company is also subject to negative covenants customary for financings of this type, including that it may not: (i) enter into a merger or consolidation or certain change of control events, (ii) incur liens on the collateral, (iii) except for certain permitted acquisitions, acquire any significant assets other than in the ordinary course of business, (iv) assume certain additional senior debt, or (v) amend any of their organizational documents. During the period August 31, 2015 through May 31, 2016, the Company was not in compliance with one or more of the covenants, however, did receive a waiver from MidCap for such covenants during this period. On July 11, 2016, the Company and MidCap amended the agreement and related covenants prospectively. The Company has since been in compliance with the covenants.
The balance of the Midcap Facility as of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 was $17,298 and $17,893, respectively, and is included in Accounts receivable financing on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Due to substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, the Company was not in compliance with its covenant with MidCap for the period ended December 28, 2019, as such amounts due are callable by the lender which exceeds our current cash balance. On May 8, 2020, the Company received a notice from Midcap that they would currently not pursue available rights and remedies but reserve the right to do so at a later date.
HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd
CBS Butler had a revolving accounts receivable financing arrangement with HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd “HSBC”. The facility, whose maximum capacity was £8,500, had an original expiration of January 2011, and provided for termination by either party with 90 days notice. Under the arrangement, CBS Butler could borrow against eligible short-term trade receivables in exchange for cash and a subordinated interest. The Company would receive cash equal to approximately 90% (varies slightly by geographical location of the receivable) of the value of the eligible receivables.
In conjunction with the HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd – New Facility, on February 8, 2018, CBS Butler terminated this facility and the remaining balance was paid in full.
HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd – New Facility
On February 8, 2018, CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group, entered into a new arrangement with HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd (“HSBC”) which provides for HSBC to purchase the subsidiaries’ accounts receivable up to an aggregate amount of £11,500 ($15,042) across all three subsidiaries. The terms of the arrangement provide for HSBC to fund 90% of the purchased accounts receivable upfront and, a secured borrowing line of 70% of unbilled receivables capped at £1,000 ($1,308)(within the overall aggregate total facility of £11,500 ($15,042)). The arrangement has an initial term of 12 months, with an automatic rolling three-month extension and carries a service charge of 1.80%.
On June 28, 2018, CML, the Company’s new subsidiary entered into a new agreement with a minimum term of 12 months for purchase of debt (“APD”) with HSBC, joining CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group (collectively, with CML, the
F-20
“Borrowers”) as “Connected Clients” as defined in the APD. The new Connected Client APDs carry an aggregate Facility Limit of £20,000 across all Borrowers. The obligations of the Borrowers are secured by a fixed charge and a floating charge on the Borrowers’ respective accounts receivable and are subject to cross-company guarantees among the Borrowers. In addition, the secured borrowing line against unbilled receivables was increased to £1,500 for a period of 90 days. In July 2019, the aggregate Facility Limit was extended to £22,500 across all Borrowers.
Under ASU 2016-16, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), the upfront portion of the sale of accounts receivable is classified within operating activities, while the deferred purchase price portion (or beneficial interest), once collected, is classified within investing activities.
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jackson Investment Group - related party |
|
|
38,278 |
|
|
|
35,740 |
|
HSBC Term Loan |
|
|
1,035 |
|
|
|
1,653 |
|
Total Debt |
|
|
39,313 |
|
|
|
37,393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Deferred Financing Costs |
|
|
(497 |
) |
|
|
(1,171 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Debt, Net |
|
|
38,816 |
|
|
|
36,222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Total Current Debt, Net |
|
|
(38,456 |
) |
|
|
(657 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Long-Term Debt |
|
$ |
360 |
|
|
$ |
35,565 |
|
Jackson Note – Related Party
On September 15, 2017, the Company entered into a $40,000 note agreement with Jackson. The proceeds of the sale of the secured note were used to repay the existing subordinated notes previously issued to Jackson pursuant to the existing note purchase agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $11,165 and to fund a portion of the purchase price consideration of the Firstpro Acquisition and the CBS Butler Acquisition and repay certain other outstanding indebtedness of the Company. The maturity date for the amounts due under the Jackson Note is September 15, 2020. The Jackson Note will accrue interest at 12% per annum, due quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 in each year, with the first such payment due on January 1, 2018. Interest on any overdue payment of principal or interest due under the Jackson Note will accrue at a rate per annum that is 5% in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable thereunder.
The Company paid a closing fee of $1,000 in connection with its entry into the A&R Note Purchase Agreement and agreed to issue 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee. These shares are subject to registration rights in favor of Jackson which was included in a new resale registration statement which was filed by the Company on November 1, 2017. The Jackson Note resulted in the extinguishment of the old notes of $11,165 and recording of the new debt of $40,000 at fair value.
Immediately prior to closing the Jackson Note, Jackson owned 526,697 shares of common stock and 905,508 warrants.
On August 27, 2018, Company entered into an amended agreement with Jackson, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended and made a new senior debt investment of approximately $8,428. Terms of the additional investment are the same as the Jackson Note. From the proceed of the additional investment, the Company paid a closing fee of $280 and legal fees of $39 and issued 192,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee.
In connection with the additional investment, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant Agreement”) with Jackson. The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share. The incremental fair value of repricing the Warrant to $3.50 per share is $135 and was recognized as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the loan.
Debt Exchange Agreement
On November 15, 2018 the Company, entered into a Debt Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Jackson, pursuant to which, among other things, Jackson agreed to exchange $13,000 (the “Exchange Amount”) of indebtedness of the Company held by Jackson in exchange for 13,000 shares of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock,
F-21
par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Series E Preferred Stock”). The Company evaluated the accounting for the conversion of debt to preferred stock and concluded this conversion is a troubled debt restructuring. Accordingly, the issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock to Jackson in full settlement of the $13,000 in debt is accounted for similar to the transfer of assets, with the equity interest being measured at its fair value, less legal fees and other direct costs. ASC 470-60 requires that the excess of the carrying amount of the payable over the fair value of the assets or equity interest transferred be recognized as a gain. However, given that Jackson is a related party, ASC 470-50-40-2 states that this type of restructuring is in essence a capital transaction. As a result, no gain was recorded. Instead, the difference between the fair value of the Preferred Stock and Term Loan being extinguished was recorded within additional paid in capital. The Company recorded a total of $12,214 related to this conversion, net of legal fees and other direct costs including the write off of $445 in deferred financing costs related to the $13,000 debt.
The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 561 shares of common stock of the Company at any time after October 31, 2020 or the occurrence of a Preferred Default (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock). A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into the Company’s common stock. Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.
The Series E Preferred Stock carries quarterly dividend rights of (a) cash dividends accruing (i) at an annual rate per share equal to 12% from the date of issuance and (ii) 17% after the occurrence of a Preferred Default, and (b) a dividend payable in shares of Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock. The shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock have all the same terms, preferences and characteristics as the Series E Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the right to receive cash dividends), except (i) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable by the Company within thirty (30) days after written demand received from any holder at any time after the earlier of the occurrence of a Preferred Default or November 15, 2020, for a cash payment equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 602 shares of the Company’s common stock, and (iii) Series E‑1 Convertible Preferred Stock may be cancelled and extinguished by the Company if all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed by the Company on or prior to October 31, 2020.
In connection with the debt exchange agreement with Jackson on November 15, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, where by the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and the period within which the Warrant may be exercised was extended from January 26, 2022 to January 26, 2024. The Company calculated the $357 incremental fair value by calculating the fair value of the warrants immediately before and immediately after the modification and recorded this in additional paid in capital.
On August 29, 2019, the Company, entered into a Fourth Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement with Jackson, as lender, which, among other things, amends the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2017. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell to Jackson a 18% Senior Secured Note due December 31, 2019 in the aggregate principal amount of $2,538. All accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of this term note will be due and payable monthly on the first day of each month, beginning on October 1, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of this note, if this term note is not repaid by December 31, 2019, the Company will be required to issue 100,000 shares of its common stock to Jackson on a monthly basis until this term note is fully repaid, subject to certain exceptions to comply with Nasdaq listing standards. This note and all accrued interest remains unpaid. The Company has issued 500,000 shares to Jackson subsequent Fiscal 2019 year end.
The Jackson Note includes certain financial customary covenants, including a leverage ratio covenant. As of December 28, 2019, the Company was not in compliance with all covenants. On May 5, 2020, the Company received a waiver from Jackson curing the non-compliance as of March 30, 2020 and December 28, 2019, the past due interest payments that were due on October 1, 2019, January 1, 2020 and April 1, 2020 and the non payment of the $2,538 loan that was due on December 31, 2019. The Company has been making penalty payments of 100,000 shares monthly for the $2,538 loan that remains unpaid at the date of this filing.
HSBC Loan
On April 20, 2020, the terms of the loan with HSBC was amended whereby no capital repayments will be made between April 2020 to September 2020, and only interest payments will be made during this time. Further, the Company is currently working with HSBC in the UK for an additional £1,000 term loan.
NOTE 11 – LEASES
F-22
On December 30, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach allowed under ASU 2018-11 which releases companies from presenting comparative periods and related disclosures under ASC 842 and requires a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company has elected to apply the short-term lease exception to all leases of one year or less. In Fiscal 2019, as a result of the adoption of ASC 842, we have recorded a right of use (“ROU”) lease asset of approximately $4,888 with a corresponding lease liability of approximately $4,980 based on the present value of the minimum rental payments of such leases. The Company’s finance leases are immaterial both individually and in the aggregate.
Quantitative information regarding the Company’s leases for Fiscal 2019 is as follows:
Other information |
|
|
|
|
Weighted average remaining lease term (years) |
|
|
3.7 |
|
Weighted average discount rate |
|
|
6.45 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
Future Lease Payments |
|
|
|
|
2020 |
|
$ |
1,825 |
|
2021 |
|
|
1,443 |
|
2022 |
|
|
594 |
|
2023 |
|
|
329 |
|
2024 |
|
|
321 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
1,143 |
|
|
|
$ |
5,655 |
|
Less: Imputed Interest |
|
|
675 |
|
|
|
$ |
4,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leases - Current |
|
$ |
1,797 |
|
Leases - Non current |
|
$ |
3,183 |
|
As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use the Company’s incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. This methodology was deemed to yield a measurement of the Right of Use Asset and associated lease liability that was appropriately stated in all material respects.
NOTE 12 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
The Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split on September 17, 2015 and a one-for-five reserve stock split effective after the market close on January 3, 2018. All share and per share information in these consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.
The Company issued the following shares of common stock during the Fiscal 2019:
|
Number of |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Fair Value at Issuance |
|
|||||||
|
Common Shares |
|
|
of Shares |
|
|
(minimum and maximum |
|
|||||||
Shares issued to/for: |
|
Issued |
|
|
Issued |
|
|
per share) |
|
||||||
Equity raise |
|
|
3,331,280 |
|
|
$ |
5,515 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
$ |
2.00 |
|
Consultants |
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
1.56 |
|
|
1.56 |
|
Board and committee members |
|
|
22,400 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
0.83 |
|
|
1.79 |
|
Jackson Investment Group |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
|
3,459,680 |
|
|
$ |
5,632 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company issued the following shares of common stock during the Fiscal 2018:
F-23
|
Number of |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Fair Value at Issuance |
|
|||||||
|
|
Common Shares |
|
|
of Shares |
|
|
(minimum and maximum |
|
||||||
Shares issued to/for: |
|
Issued |
|
|
Issued |
|
|
per share) |
|
||||||
At-The-Market facility |
|
|
742,980 |
|
|
$ |
2,315 |
|
|
$ |
1.61 |
|
$ |
4.23 |
|
Jackson Investment Group |
|
|
492,000 |
|
|
|
899 |
|
|
|
1.76 |
|
|
1.93 |
|
Employees |
|
|
125,000 |
|
|
|
198 |
|
|
|
1.54 |
|
|
1.61 |
|
Board and committee members |
|
|
21,000 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
1.40 |
|
|
3.25 |
|
Consultants |
|
|
20,548 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
1.40 |
|
|
3.42 |
|
Acquisition |
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
1.38 |
|
|
1.38 |
|
Reverse stock split (rounding up shares) |
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
1,416,954 |
|
|
$ |
3,534 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company’s authorized common stock consists of 40,000,000 shares having a par value of $0.00001. As of the end of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company has issued and outstanding 8,785,748 and 5,326,068 common shares, respectively.
In May 2017, the Company entered into an At-The-Market offering (“ATM”) agreement with Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC to establish an at-the-market equity offering program pursuant to which they are able, with the Company’s authorization, to offer and sell up to $3 million of the Company’s common stock at prevailing market prices from time to time. In Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company sold 428,600 and 742,980 shares of common stock under this program for net proceeds value of $528 (gross $600) and $2,245, respectively.
On January 22, 2019 the Company issued and sold 387,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to an institutional purchaser at a purchase price of $2.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $775, before placement fees and estimated offering expenses. The offering of the Securities was made under the Company’s shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-208910) (the “Registration Statement”), including a base prospectus, previously filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 22, 2016. The offering of the Securities was made only by means of a prospectus supplement that forms a part of the registration statement.
On February 12, 2019, the Company closed its previously announced firm commitment underwritten public offering in which, pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter, dated as of February 8, 2019, the Company issued and sold 2,425,000 shares of its common stock, at a public offering price of $1.65 per share. The gross proceeds from the offering were approximately $4,001 (net $3,078), excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the Company granted the underwriter an over-allotment option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days following the date of the prospectus for the offering, to purchase up to 363,750 additional shares of Common Stock.
On March 14, 2019, our underwriters exercised a portion of the over-allotment option for 90,180 shares at an exercise price of $1.65 per share. The Company received a total of $138 in net proceeds.
Restricted Shares
The Company has issued shares to employees and board and committee members under its 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Under these plans, the shares are restricted for a period of three years from issuance. As of Fiscal 2019, the Company has a total of 590,440 shares unvested issued to employees and Board and committee members. In accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, the Company recognizes stock based compensation from restricted stock based upon the fair value of the award at issuance over the vesting term on a straight line basis. The fair value of the award is calculated by multiplying the number of restricted shares by the Company’s stock price on the date of issuance. The impact of forfeitures has historically been immaterial to the financial statements. In Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded compensation expense associated with these restricted shares of $539 and $896, respectively. The table below is a rollforward of unvested restricted shares issued to employees and board of directors.
|
Restricted Shares |
|
|
Weighted Average Price Per Share |
|
||
|
471,132 |
|
|
$ |
6.14 |
|
|
Granted |
|
168,424 |
|
|
|
1.66 |
|
Vested |
|
(67,300 |
) |
|
|
19.90 |
|
Balance at December 29, 2018 |
|
572,256 |
|
|
$ |
3.47 |
|
Granted |
|
22,400 |
|
|
|
1.48 |
|
Vested/adjustments |
|
(4,216 |
) |
|
|
5.52 |
|
Balance at December 28, 2019 |
|
590,440 |
|
|
$ |
3.12 |
|
F-24
Series A Preferred Stock – Related Party
On May 29, 2015, the Company filed a Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State, whereby the Company designated 1,663,008 shares of preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share. On June 15, 2017, the Company reincorporated in the State of Delaware. The Series A Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1.00 per share and is entitled to a 12% dividend.
Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock at the holder’s election at any time prior to December 31, 2020 (the “Redemption Date”), at a conversion rate of one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for every 50 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that the Holder elects to convert. Originally the redemption date was December 31, 2018 and this was extended to December 31, 2020 in January 2019. Except as otherwise required by law, the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, prior to and in preference to distributions to the holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share or classes and series of securities of the Company which by their terms do not rank senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, and either in preference to or pari passu with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future that is expressly made senior or pari passu, as the case may be, an amount equal to the Stated Value of the Series A Preferred Stock less any dividends previously paid out on the Series A Preferred Stock.
The holders will be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of 12% of the Stated Value per annum, payable monthly in cash, prior to and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of common stock, unless at the time of such dividend the Company shall have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
The Certificate of Designation filed on May 29, 2015, designating the Series A Preferred Stock, was filed in connection with the Company’s issuance of an aggregate of 1,663,008 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Brendan Flood and Matthew Briand for the conversion of the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus (as defined in each employment agreement) associated with their employment agreements. The Certificate of Designation was approved and related issuances were ratified by the Company’s Board and compensation committee on May 29, 2015.
Up until the Redemption Date, holders may convert their shares into common stock at their election. On the Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of each Holder, for cash or for shares of common stock in the Company’s sole discretion. If the Redemption Purchase Price is paid in shares of common stock, the holders shall initially receive one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for each $50.00 of the Redemption Purchase Price. If the Redemption Purchase Price is paid in cash, the redemption price paid to each Holder shall be equal to the Stated Value for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, multiplied by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such Holder, less the aggregate amount of dividends paid to such Holder through the Redemption Date.
As of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we had issued and outstanding 1,663,008 Series A Preferred Stock shares and no accrued dividends. In Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company paid dividends of $200 and $200, respectively. Subsequent to year end, the Company converted the Series A Preferred Shares awarded to Mr. Briand into 16,215 shares of common shares on January 21, 2020.
Series E Preferred Stock
The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 561.8 shares of our common stock at any time after October 31, 2020 or the occurrence of a Preferred Default. A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into our common stock. Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. While the Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company is required to use the proceeds of any sales of equity securities, exclusively to redeem any outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, except that the Company is permitted to use up to an aggregate of $3,000 of the gross proceeds from any equity offering completed on or before November 15, 2019 for working capital purposes. On January 22, 2019, the Company completed a registered direct offering of our common stock that generated $775 in gross proceeds that are to be used for working capital purposes. On February 12, 2019, the Company closed its previously announced firm commitment underwritten public offering in which, pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter, dated as of February 8, 2019, the Company issued and sold 2,425,000 shares of its common stock, at a public offering price of $1.65 per share. Notwithstanding the terms of the certificate of designations for Series E Preferred Stock, Jackson, the holder our outstanding shares of Series E Preferred
F-25
Stock, did not require us to use the proceeds from our recent offerings in excess of $3,000 to redeem outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock. Instead, we used such excess proceeds to make a terminal payment to the sellers of FirstPro in final settlement of all deferred consideration due under our asset purchase agreement with such sellers.
In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to receive out of the Company assets legally available for distribution, prior to and in preference to distributions to the holders of common stock or classes and series of securities which by their terms do not rank senior to the Series E Preferred Stock, and either in preference to or pari passu with the holders of any other series of preferred stock that may be issued in the future that is expressly made senior or pari passu, as the case may be, an amount equal to the stated value of the Series E Preferred Stock plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.
The Series E Preferred Stock carries quarterly dividend rights of (a) cash dividends accruing (i) at an annual rate per share equal to 12% from the date of issuance and (ii) 17% after the occurrence of a Preferred Default, and (b) a dividend payable in shares of Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock equal to 5% per annum of the liquidation value of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock. The shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock have all the same terms, preferences and characteristics as the Series E Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the right to receive cash dividends), except (i) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable by us within thirty (30) days after written demand received from any holder at any time after the earlier of the occurrence of a Preferred Default or November 15, 2020, for a cash payment equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 602 shares of our common stock, and (iii) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock may be cancelled and extinguished by us if all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed by us on or prior to October 31, 2020. As of December 28, 2019, 7,303,371 shares and 439,157 of common stock were issuable upon the potential conversion of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock, respectively. Due to the contingent nature of the cash redemption feature of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, the Company classified the shares as mezzanine equity on the consolidated balance sheets.
Warrants
On January 26, 2017, the Company issued the Warrant to Jackson which entitled Jackson to purchase up to 630,000 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $6.75 per share (subject to adjustment). The Warrant is exercisable beginning on July 25, 2017 for a term of four and a half (4.5) years thereafter. The exercise price was subject to anti-dilution protection, including protection in circumstances where common stock is issued pursuant to the terms of certain existing convertible securities, provided that the exercise price shall not be adjusted below a price that is less than the consolidated closing bid price of the common stock. The Warrant had anti-dilution provisions which provided the holder with additional warrants and adjusted strike price in the event of stock repurchases by the Company or additional shares being issued in connection with the Series D Preferred Shares or Lighthouse promissory notes. As such, the Company has historically classified the Warrant as a liability.
On April 5, 2017, the Company amended the Warrant and entered into a second subordinated secured note with Jackson for $1,650. Under the terms of the amended Warrant, Jackson may purchase up to an additional 275,508 shares of common stock at $5.00 per share. The Warrant was amended to increase the amount of common stock issuable to Jackson pursuant to the anti-dilution clause contained therein, and to adjust the initial exercise price to $5.00 per share. The modification cost associated with this change was not material.
The Company had accounted for the warrants issued to Jackson as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to certain anti-dilution protection provisions. The warrants issued to Jackson were considered to be Level 3 liabilities under ASC 820. On April 25, 2018, the Company and Jackson amended the Warrant to remove the anti-dilution clauses. No economic terms were adjusted. These clauses were the basis for recording the warrants as a liability. Therefore, upon execution of this amendment, the Company recorded a mark-to-market gain and reclassed the remaining liability to Additional paid-in capital. The Company recorded a gain from the change in fair value of the warrant liability of $0 and $879 in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively, using Black-Scholes valuation model.
In connection with the additional investment from Jackson, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant agreement”) with Jackson. The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share. The incremental fair value of repricing the Warrants to $3.50 per share is $135 and was recognized as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the Jackson Note.
In connection with the debt exchange agreement with Jackson on November 15, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, where by the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and the period within which the Warrant may be exercised was extended from January 26, 2022 to January 26,
F-26
2024. The Company calculated the $357 incremental fair value by calculating the fair value of the warrants immediately before and immediately after the modification and recorded this in additional paid in capital.
Transactions involving the Company’s warrant issuances are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
||
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
||
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
||
Outstanding at December 30, 2017 |
|
|
925,934 |
|
|
$ |
5.03 |
|
Issued |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Exercised |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Expired or cancelled |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Outstanding at December 29, 2018 |
|
|
925,934 |
|
|
$ |
1.76 |
|
Issued |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Exercised |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Expired or cancelled |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Outstanding at December 28, 2019 |
|
|
925,934 |
|
|
$ |
1.76 |
|
The following table summarizes warrants outstanding as of Fiscal 2019:
|
Number |
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
||||
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
Remaining Contractual |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|||
Exercise Price |
|
and Exercisable |
|
|
Life (years) |
|
|
Exercise price |
|
|
|||
$1.66 - $62.50 |
|
|
925,934 |
|
|
|
2.09 |
|
|
$ |
1.76 |
|
|
Incentive Plans
2014 Equity Incentive Plan
On January 28, 2014, our Board adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Under the 2014 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates. A maximum of 50,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under this plan. The 2014 Plan expires on January 28, 2024. As of Fiscal 2018, all 50,000 shares have been issued.
2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
On September 23, 2015, our Board adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). This plan has not been approved by our stockholders. Under the 2015 Plan, we may grant a variety of equity instruments to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates.
The 2015 Plan provides for an aggregate of 90,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards under the 2015 Plan (“Awards”). The number of shares available for grant pursuant to Awards under the 2015 Plan is referred to as the “Available Shares”. If an Award is forfeited, canceled, or if any Option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the common stock subject to such Award will again be made available for future grant. However, shares that are used to pay the exercise price of an Option or that are withheld to satisfy the Participant’s tax withholding obligation will not be available for re-grant under the 2015 Plan.
The Plan will have a term of ten years and no further Awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after that date.
2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan
F-27
On October 25, 2016, our Board adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The 2016 Plan’s terms and conditions are similar to that of the 2015 Plan. On January 26, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, pursuant to which 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock will be reserved for issuance under stock, restricted stock and stock option awards. On May 30, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to the 2016 Plan to increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan to 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. To date, the Company has issued 647,388 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock and therefore has 602,612 shares remaining under this plan. No stock options were granted in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018.
A summary of option activity during the Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 of the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan is presented below:
|
Options |
|
|
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
|
|||
Outstanding at December 30, 2017 |
|
|
125,400 |
|
|
$ |
43.98 |
|
Granted |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Exercised |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Expired or cancelled |
|
|
(14,000 |
) |
|
|
85.00 |
|
Outstanding at December 29, 2018 |
|
|
111,400 |
|
|
$ |
28.46 |
|
Granted |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Exercised |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Expired or cancelled |
|
|
(34,900 |
) |
|
|
29.99 |
|
Outstanding at December 28, 2019 |
|
|
76,500 |
|
|
$ |
27.76 |
|
During the Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded total share-based payment expense of $49 and $198, respectively, in connection with all options outstanding.
The total compensation cost related to options not yet amortized is $56 at Fiscal 2019. The Company will recognize this charge over approximately 2.5 years.
In May 2016, the Company’s Board approved the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 LTIP”). This plan was approved by our stockholders on January 26, 2017.
The material features of the 2016 LTIP are:
|
• |
The award of performance units is permitted; |
|
• |
The term of the 2016 LTIP expired on December 31, 2018. |
Board selected 260,000 shares to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.
The estimated fair value of the 2016 LTIP plan based on third party valuation was $136. As of Fiscal 2017, all units had been issued and all compensation expense amortized. For Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded $0 and $0 in compensation expense, respectively, associated with the 2016 LTIP. All the units under this plan expired on December 31, 2018.
2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan
In January 2019, the Company’s Board approved the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2019 LTIP”).
The Board granted 365,000 units to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.
Units vest upon the following:
|
• |
50% upon the employee being in good standing on December 31, 2020; and, |
|
• |
50% upon the average share price of the Company’s common stock during the 90-day period leading up to December 31, 2020, based upon the following Vesting Rate table: |
F-28
Vesting Rate |
|
<$8 per share |
0 |
>$8 per share |
Pro-rated |
>=$12 per share |
Full Vesting |
The company has recognized expense of $232 related to the 2019 LTIP in Fiscal 2019.
NOTE 13 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Employment Agreements
The Flood Employment Agreement
On January 3, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Initio, the Company entered into a services agreement (the “Flood Employment Agreement”) with Brendan Flood. Pursuant to the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood initially served as Executive Chairman of the Board. Mr. Flood was initially paid a salary of £192 per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and our U.K. subsidiary. Under the agreement, Mr. Flood’s salary is required to be adjusted (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment (as defined in the Flood Employment Agreement). Mr. Flood is also entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, Mr. Flood was entitled to a gross profit appreciation participation, which entitled the participants to 10% of Initio’s “Excess Gross Profit,” which is defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400. Mr. Flood’s participating level was 62.5%. On May 29, 2015, the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus associated with this employment agreement was converted into Series A Preferred Stock.
The Flood Employment Agreement has a term of five years and will automatically renew thereafter unless 12 months written notice is provided by either party. This employment agreement includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment, and in the event of a change in control, the Company may request that Mr. Flood continue employment with the new control entity. On January 1, 2017 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment and provided an additional bonus of up to 25% of his base salary based upon achieving a certain leverage ratio. In December 2017, upon the reorganization of the Company and departure of Mr. Briand, Mr. Flood’s title was changed to Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. On January 1, 2018 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment. On January 1, 2019 and January 1, 2020, Mr. Flood was eligible for a CPI salary adjustment and chose to waive this adjustment. All other terms of Mr. Flood’s employment agreement remained unchanged.
The Faiman Employment Agreements
On February 5, 2016, the Company entered into an employment agreement (the “Faiman Employment Agreement”) with David Faiman. Pursuant to the Faiman Employment Agreement, Mr. Faiman was appointed as Chief Financial Officer effective March 1, 2016 and was granted an initial base salary of $275 per annum. Mr. Faiman was later appointed Treasurer and Executive Vice President of the Company until his departure from January 1, 2020 (refer to below for details).
The Faiman Employment Agreement provides for severance payments of continued regular salary through the end of the year in the event of a termination by the Company not for cause or a resignation by the employee for good reason, which includes a change in title, duties, responsibilities or direct report superior. Mr. Faiman’s salary is required to be increased (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment as defined in the Faiman Employment Agreement. In connection with his employment, Mr. Faiman also received a grant of 10,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which fully vested on the second anniversary of Mr. Faiman’s employment start date. Annual adjustments to salary, as well as bonus and additional stock option awards may be granted at the discretion of the Board based on meeting personal and corporate objectives each year. Mr. Faiman’s annual bonus target is 50% of annual base salary. On January 1, 2017 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment and provided an additional bonus of up to 25% of his base salary based upon achieving a certain leverage ratio. On January 1, 2018 the Company increased his salary to an annualized salary of $320. On January 1, 2019 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment for the duration of Fiscal 2019.
On September 11, 2019, David Faiman and the Company entered into an agreement whereby Mr. Faiman agreed to transition his position and responsibilities with the Company (“Faiman Separation Agreement”), and Mr. Faiman’s Employment Agreement, dated February 5, 2016, was terminated. Under the terms of the Faiman Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman continued as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer including acting as the Company’s principal financial officer, for a period lasting until December 31, 2019.
Pursuant to the Faiman Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman will be entitled to receive, among other things, (i) pay in an amount equal to his base salary through the separation date, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, (ii) continuation of Mr. Faiman’s current Company-sponsored employee benefits through the separation date, (iii) accelerated vesting
F-29
of any outstanding equity awards held by Mr. Faiman and the elimination of any obligations to forfeit such awards upon the termination of Mr. Faiman’s employment (provided that no award shall be extended beyond its original term) and (iv) a positive reference from the management of the Company.
In exchange for the consideration described above, Mr. Faiman granted a general release of claims in favor of the Company covering the period leading up to, and including, the date of the Separation Agreement. The Separation Agreement provides that, following the Separation Date and subject to Mr. Faiman executing another general release of claims in favor of the Company covering any claims leading up to, and including, the Separation Date, Mr. Faiman will also be entitled to additional consideration of, among other things, (i) severance in an amount equal to Mr. Faiman’s annual base salary for six (6) months, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, and (ii) coverage under COBRA, payable directly by the Company, for all health insurance plan benefits to which Mr. Faiman was entitled prior to the Separation Date for a six (6) month period. The Company has recorded severance payable of approximately $190 in Fiscal 2019.
The Lutzo Employment Agreement
Effective August 10, 2018, Mr. Lutzo, our former legal counsel, is no longer with the Company. As part of his severance, he received severance pay in an amount equal to his annual base salary for six months and for a period of six months following his separation, all health insurance plan benefits which he was entitled to receive prior to the separation date.
The Barker Employment Agreement
The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018. Ms. Barker also serves as a member of our Board, but effective as of her appointment as our Chief Operating Officer, she no longer serves as a member of any Board committee and is not considered an independent director. Ms. Barker receives stock compensation for her service as a member of the Board.
Under the terms of her employment agreement, Ms. Barker currently receives an annual base salary of $250 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. Ms. Barker’s base salary is required to be reviewed by the Board on an annual basis and may be increased, but not decreased, in its sole discretion. Ms. Barker’s employment agreement also entitles her to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.
In the event Ms. Barker is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in her employment agreement), she is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims): (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date; (ii) severance pay in an amount equal to 12 months base salary; and (iii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Ms. Barker is terminated for cause or without good reason, she is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date. Ms. Barker’s employment agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.
The Gibbens Employment Agreement
The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Mark Gibbens that appoints him as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer effective February 18, 2020, appointing Mr. Gibbens as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer commencing February 18, 2020 for an initial employment term of six months (“Initial Employment Term”). The Employment Agreement may be terminated at any time for any reason during the Initial Employment Term by either party upon no less than thirty days’ written notice, and will otherwise be automatically renewed for successive one year terms after the Initial Employment Term. Mr. Gibbens will also serve as the Company’s principal accounting officer and principal financial officer.
Under the Employment Agreement with Mr. Gibbens, he will receive an annual base salary of $325. Provided that Mr. Gibbens is employed by the Company through the Initial Employment Term, as soon as administratively possible following the commencement of the first Renewal Term, and in no event later than thirty days following the commencement of the first Renewal Term, Mr. Gibbens shall receive, pursuant to the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, (i) an award covering 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which will vest in three (3) equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the award’s grant, provided Mr. Gibbens is still employed by the Company through the applicable vesting date, and (ii) an additional award covering 40,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which will vest in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Company’s standard form of performance compensation award agreement. In the event that Mr. Gibbens’ employment continues beyond the Initial Employment Term, for each calendar year or portion thereof during his employment, Mr. Gibbens shall be eligible for a discretionary bonus prorated for any partial year upon the same terms and criteria as provided for the Company’s Chief Operating Officer, as set forth separately to Mr. Gibbens.
F-30
On April 13, 2020, the Company and Mark Gibbens, agreed by mutual understanding that Mr. Gibbens’ employment as an officer and employee of the Company will cease as of May 13, 2020, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement with the Company dated February 17, 2020. Mr. Gibbens ceased to serve as the Company’s principal accounting officer and principal financial officer, effective as of April 17, 2020.
Earn-out Liabilities and Stock Value Guarantees
Pursuant to the acquisition of CBS Butler on September 15, 2017, the purchase price includes an earn-out payment of up to £4,214 (payable in December 2018, based upon CBS Butler’s operating performance during the period September 1, 2017 through August 31, 2018) and deferred consideration of £150 less the aggregate amount of any net asset shortfall amount, if any, as determined pursuant to the acquisition agreements for the acquisition of CBS Butler. In September 2018, the Company paid the deferred consideration of £150 ($195).
While the Company had recognized the liability for the contingent earn-out due the sellers of CBS Butler within current liabilities as of December 29, 2018, in March 2019 the Company filed a warranty claim against the sellers asserting certain misrepresentations for an amount which approximates the contingent earn-out. In April 2019, the sellers of CBS Butler responded denying the Company’s warranty claim and asserting that the earn-out amount is due. On July 5, 2019, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the selling shareholders of CBS Butler for the full and final satisfaction of claims in exchange for a payment of approximately £2,150 by the Company to the CBS Butler shareholders. The payment was due no later than July 26, 2019. The Company did not make the payment on July 26, 2019, as such the parties agreed to adjust the amount payable to £2,500. The Company paid this in full on August 30, 2019 and recorded a gain of approximately £894 ($1,077) on final settlement. The Company used the proceeds from the term note entered into with Jackson on August 29, 2019 for $2,538, to satisfy this obligation.
Pursuant to the acquisition of FirstPro Inc. (“FirstPro”) on September 15, 2017, the purchase price included deferred quarterly installments of $75 beginning on October 1, 2017, and $2,675 is payable annually in three equal installments beginning on September 15, 2018. The Company made $300 and $892 in quarterly installments and annual installment in Fiscal 2018. On March 1, 2019, the Company paid $1,125 in full satisfaction of the remaining liability, recognizing a gain of $847.
Pursuant to the acquisition of Clement May on June 28, 2018, the purchase price includes an earnout payment of up to £500 to be paid on or around December 28, 2019; and deferred consideration of £350, the amount to be calculated and paid pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, on or around June 28, 2019. The Company paid deferred consideration of £350 ($444) on June 26, 2019. The earnout payment of £500 ($656) was paid in December 2019.
Pursuant to the acquisition of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) on August 27, 2018, the purchase price includes earnout consideration payable to the seller of $2,027 each on August 27, 2019 and August 27, 2020. The payment of the earnout consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts. On September 11, 2019, the Company entered into an amended agreement with the seller to delay the payment of the first year earnout of $2,027 until no later than February 27, 2020. For each full calendar month beyond August 27, 2019, that such payment is delayed, the Company shall pay the seller interest in the amount of $10 with the first such payment of interest due on September 30, 2019. In addition, the amended agreement was further amended to change the due date for the second year earnout payment of $2,027 from August 27, 2020 to February 27, 2020. The seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”) has filed a lawsuit against the Company asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against the Company due under a share purchase agreement and is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration of $4,054 due to Whitaker, within current liabilities as of December 28, 2019, in February 2020, the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract which more than approximates the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $30 in Fiscal 2019 and $40 subsequent to Fiscal 2019 year end. Refer to legal proceedings below for action filed against Whitaker, the former owner of KRI.
Lease Obligations
The Company is party to multiple lease agreements for office space. The agreements require monthly rental payments through September 2029. Total minimum obligations are approximately $1,825, $1,443, $594, $329, $321, and $1,143 a for the twelve months ended fiscal 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024 and beyond, respectively. For Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, rent expense amounted to $1,732 and $1,775, respectively.
Legal Proceedings
NewCSI, Inc. vs. Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.
On May 22, 2014, NewCSI, Inc. (“Newsy”), the former owners of Control Solutions International, filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, against the Company arising from the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 14, 2013 between the Company and Newsy. Newsy claimed that the Company breached a provision of the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA § 2.7”) that required the Company to calculate and pay to Newsy 50% of certain “Deferred Tax
F-31
Assets” within 90 days after December 31, 2013, subject to certain criteria. The case has been fully litigated resulting in the Company paying damages to Neswsy of $1,389 and reimbursing Newsy’s legal fees in the amount of $606 in June 2018.
Whitaker v. Monroe Staffing Services, LLC & Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.
On December 5, 2019, former owner of Key Resources, Inc. (“KRI”), Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”, “Plaintiff”), filed a complaint in Guilford County, North Carolina (the “North Carolina Action”) asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against Monroe and the Company (the “Defendants” arising out of the alleged non-payment of certain earn-out payments and interest purportedly due under a Share Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Whitaker sold all issued and outstanding shares in her staffing agency, KRI to Staffing 360’s subsidiary, Monroe Staffing Services in August 2018. Whitaker is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages.
Defendants removed the action to the Middle District of North Carolina on January 7, 2020, and Plaintiff moved to remand on February 4, 2020. Briefing on the motion to remand concluded on February 24, 2020. Separately, Defendants moved to dismiss the action on January 14, 2020 based on Plaintiff’s failure to state a claim, improper venue, and lack of personal jurisdiction as to defendant Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Alternatively, Defendants sought a transfer of the action to the Southern District of New York, based on the plain language of the Share Purchase Agreement’s forum selection clause. Briefing on Defendants’ motion to dismiss concluded on February 18, 2020. The parties await decisions from the court on both Plaintiff’s motion to remand and Defendants’ motion to dismiss. On February 28, 2020, Plaintiff moved for leave to file an amended complaint. Defendants filed their opposition to the motion for leave on March 19, 2020. Plaintiff has filed a reply.
Separately, on February 26, 2020, Staffing 360 and Monroe filed an action against Whitaker in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (Case No. 1:20-cv-01716) (the “New York Action”). The New York Action concerns claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement arising from various misrepresentations made by Whitaker to Staffing 360 and Monroe in advance of, and included in, the share purchase agreement. Staffing 360 and Monroe are seeking damages in an amount to be determined at trial but in no event less than $6 million. Whitaker has not yet responded to the claims asserted in the New York Action. On April 28, 2020, Whitaker brought an action to dismiss Monroe’s action. Monroe has until June 11, 2020, to reply to Whitaker’s motion to dismiss.
The Company intends to vigorously contest Whitaker’s claims in the North Carolina Action and pursue its claims in the New York Action.
Other Matters
On February 17, 2016, a previous law firm filed suit in the Supreme Court of the State of New York alleging that the Company owes $759, for legal services rendered. The Company disagreed with the quantity and quality of legal services provided by the firm to the Company. On March 17, 2016, the Company reached a settlement with the law firm in the amount of $505 to be paid in equal installments over 24 months beginning April 2016. The final payment was made on March 1, 2018.
NOTE 14 – SEGMENT INFORMATION
In December 2017, the Company reorganized its operations into three reportable segments: Commercial – US; Professional – US and Professional - UK.
F-32
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|||
|
$ |
127,330 |
|
|
$ |
107,318 |
|
|
Professional Staffing - US |
|
|
37,294 |
|
|
|
49,752 |
|
Professional Staffing - UK |
|
|
113,854 |
|
|
|
103,856 |
|
Total Revenue |
|
$ |
278,478 |
|
|
$ |
260,926 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial Staffing - US |
|
$ |
20,080 |
|
|
$ |
17,496 |
|
Professional Staffing - US |
|
|
14,081 |
|
|
|
15,610 |
|
Professional Staffing - UK |
|
|
14,148 |
|
|
|
15,199 |
|
Total Gross Profit |
|
$ |
48,309 |
|
|
$ |
48,304 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
$ |
(44,327 |
) |
|
$ |
(43,579 |
) |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(3,369 |
) |
|
|
(3,124 |
) |
Operating expenses - restructuring |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(7,628 |
) |
|
|
(8,386 |
) |
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs |
|
|
(857 |
) |
|
|
(580 |
) |
Change in fair value of warrant liability |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
879 |
|
Re-measurement gain (loss) on intercompany note |
|
|
383 |
|
|
|
(686 |
) |
Gain from sale of business |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
238 |
|
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration |
|
|
1,924 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Other expense |
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
398 |
|
Loss Before Provision for Income Tax |
|
$ |
(5,229 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,479 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company generated revenue in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada as follows:
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|||
United States |
|
$ |
164,624 |
|
$ |
157,070 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
113,854 |
|
|
103,856 |
|
Total Revenue |
|
$ |
278,478 |
|
$ |
260,926 |
|
For the period ended Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company has assets in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada as follows:
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|||
United States |
|
|
74,671 |
|
|
$ |
70,390 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
$ |
14,170 |
|
|
|
26,047 |
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
88,841 |
|
|
$ |
96,437 |
|
Total assets by segment is not presented as it is not reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker in his evaluation of how to allocate capital and resources.
For the period ended Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company has goodwill in the U.S. and the U.K. as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
United States |
|
$ |
16,630 |
|
|
$ |
16,630 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
14,419 |
|
|
|
15,431 |
|
Total Goodwill |
|
$ |
31,049 |
|
|
$ |
32,061 |
|
NOTE 15 – ACQUISITIONS
In accordance with ASC 805, the Company accounts for acquisitions using the purchase method under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require the Company to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.
F-33
On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) to acquire all of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”). Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550 ($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and paid on or around December 28, 2019 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (iv) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc. The Company paid deferred consideration of £350 ($444) on June 26, 2019. The earnout payment of £500 ($656) was paid in December 2019.
On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (“Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”). The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2020. The payment of the Earnout Consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts. On September 11, 2019, the Company entered into an amended agreement with the seller to delay the payment of the first year earnout of $2,027 until no later than February 27, 2020. For each full calendar month beyond August 27, 2019, that such payment is delayed, the Company shall pay the seller interest in the amount of $10 with the first such payment of interest due on September 30, 2019. In addition, the amended agreement was further amended to change the due date for the second year earnout payment of $2,027 from August 27, 2020 to February 27, 2020. The seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”) has filed a lawsuit against the Company asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against the Company due under a share purchase agreement and is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration of $4,054 due to Whitaker, within current liabilities as of December 28, 2019, in February 2020, the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract which more than approximates the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $30 in Fiscal 2019 and $40 subsequent to Fiscal 2019 year end.
To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428 in the Company.
In connection with the acquisition of KRI and Clement May, the Company recorded the following intangible assets, based on valuation performed.
KRI |
|
|
Clement May |
|
|||
Goodwill |
$ |
3,347 |
|
|
$ |
1,545 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tradenames |
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
470 |
|
Non-compete |
- |
|
|
273 |
|
||
Customer Relationships |
|
6,400 |
|
|
451 |
|
|
|
$ |
7,400 |
|
|
$ |
1,194 |
|
The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of net assets acquired at the date of the acquisition:
|
KRI |
|
|
Clement May |
|
|||
Purchase price |
|
$ |
11,537 |
|
|
$ |
3,543 |
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired |
|
|
(790 |
) |
|
|
(804 |
) |
Intangibles |
|
|
(7,400 |
) |
|
|
(1,194 |
) |
Goodwill |
|
$ |
3,347 |
|
|
$ |
1,545 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill of Clement May is included in the Company’s Professional-UK reportable segment. Goodwill of KRI is included in the Company’s Professional-US reportable segment.
Identified intangible assets for Clement May are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 8.4 years. The Company acquired a total of $14,305 in receivables and fair value of these receivables equals the contract value; and recorded contingent consideration associated with Clement May of £850 ($1,100).
F-34
Identified intangible assets of KRI are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 10 years. The Company acquired a total of $2,531 in receivables and fair value of these receivables equals the contract value; and recorded contingent consideration associated with KRI of $3,427, net of discounting.
In Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded a total of $105 and $35 in third party expenses associated with consummating the Clement May and KRI acquisitions, respectively, which are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization stated on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operation have been prepared, as if the acquisition of KRI and Clement May occurred on January 1, 2017.
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
Revenues |
$ |
308,093 |
|
Net loss from continuing operations |
|
(6,189 |
) |
Weighted average number of common stock shares - basic and diluted |
|
4,378,447 |
|
Net loss per share from continuing operations |
$ |
(1.41 |
) |
The Company recorded revenues of $42,060 from the acquisitions completed during Fiscal 2018.
NOTE 16 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the Series A Preferred Shares and notes and warrants issued to Jackson, the following are other related party transactions:
Board and Committee Members
Fiscal 2019 |
|
||||||||||||||
|
Cash Compensation |
|
|
Shares Issued |
|
|
Value of Shares Issued |
|
|
Compensation Expense Recognized |
|
||||
Dimitri Villard |
$ |
75 |
|
|
|
5,600 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
30 |
|
Jeff Grout |
|
75 |
|
|
|
5,600 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
Nick Florio |
|
75 |
|
|
|
5,600 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
Alicia Barker |
|
- |
|
|
|
5,600 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
$ |
225 |
|
|
|
22,400 |
|
|
$ |
32 |
|
|
$ |
94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|||||||||||||
|
Cash Compensation |
|
|
Shares Issued |
|
|
Value of Shares Issued |
|
|
Compensation Expense Recognized |
|
||||
Dimitri Villard |
$ |
75 |
|
|
|
5,600 |
|
|
$ |
12 |
|
|
$ |
68 |
|
Jeff Grout |
|
75 |
|
|
|
5,600 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
Nick Florio |
|
75 |
|
|
|
5,600 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
Alicia Barker |
|
19 |
|
|
|
4,200 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
$ |
244 |
|
|
|
21,000 |
|
|
$ |
43 |
|
|
$ |
208 |
|
Appointment of Officers
On March 28, 2018, the Company appointed Alicia Barker to fill the Class II director vacancy created by the departure of Mr. Briand earlier in the year, such appointment was effective April 1, 2018. Ms. Barker joined the company’s board of directors as an independent director and serves on the Board’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee and on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
Effective July 1, 2018, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Ms. Barker will continue as a member of the Company’s board of directors, but effective with her appointment will no longer be a member of any Board committee, nor an independent member of the Board, bringing the number of independent directors to three of five Board members.
F-35
NOTE 17 – SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
7,225 |
|
|
$ |
6,657 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
324 |
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non Cash Investing and Financing Activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred purchase price of UK factoring facility |
|
$ |
13,856 |
|
|
$ |
12,586 |
|
Shares issued in connection with Jackson term loan |
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
899 |
|
Increase in lease liabilities from obtaining right-of-use assets – ASC 842 adoption |
|
|
5,965 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Shares issued for purchase consideration |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
21 |
|
Warrants adjustments in connection with Jackson term loan |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
682 |
|
The components of loss before provision for income taxes for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2019, are as follows:
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
|
$ |
(4,795 |
) |
|
$ |
(4,840 |
) |
|
Foreign |
|
|
(434 |
) |
|
|
(1,639 |
) |
Loss before provision for income taxes |
|
$ |
(5,229 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,479 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
State |
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
Total current tax expense |
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
State |
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
(710 |
) |
|
|
(123 |
) |
Total deferred tax expense |
|
|
(475 |
) |
|
|
(77 |
) |
Total tax (benefit) expense |
|
$ |
(335 |
) |
|
$ |
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The difference between the income tax provision on income (loss) and the amount computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate is due to:
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|||||
Income benefit provision at Federal Statutory Rate |
|
$ |
(1,004 |
) |
|
|
21.00 |
% |
International tax rate differentials |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
0.28 |
% |
U.S. Permanent differences |
|
|
349 |
|
|
|
-7.29 |
% |
Other True-Ups |
|
|
(325 |
) |
|
|
6.81 |
% |
State Taxes |
|
|
(1,741 |
) |
|
|
36.41 |
% |
Change in valuation allowance |
|
|
2,399 |
|
|
|
-50.18 |
% |
Tax provision |
|
$ |
(335 |
) |
|
|
7.04 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective for the year ended December 28, 2018, the Tax Act resulted in a new limitation on interest expense under IRC Section 163(j). New IRC Section 163(j) limits the Company’s annual deduction of interest expense to the sum of business interest income and 30 percent of the adjusted taxable income of the Company. The limitation for the year ended December 28, 2019 resulted in disallowed interest of $6,756, which can be carried forward indefinitely.
F-36
The Company has not provided for additional income or withholding taxes for any undistributed foreign earnings, nor have any taxes been provided for the outside basis difference inherent in these entities as the Company’s assertion is to indefinitely reinvest in foreign operations. Additionally, due to withholding tax, basis computations, and other related tax considerations, it is not practicable to estimate any taxes to be provided on outside basis differences at this time. Based on the amount of foreign undistributed earnings through December 31, 2019, we believe any such tax liability would be insignificant to the financial statements.
Our deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|||
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforward |
|
$ |
5,858 |
|
|
$ |
5,393 |
|
Tax credit, deduction and capital loss carryforward |
|
|
2,327 |
|
|
|
2,504 |
|
Share-based compensation |
|
|
847 |
|
|
|
687 |
|
Debt issuance costs |
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
660 |
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
454 |
|
|
|
615 |
|
Interest limitation and carryforward |
|
|
3,639 |
|
|
|
1,155 |
|
Operating lease liabilities |
|
|
731 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
14,189 |
|
|
|
11,014 |
|
Less: valuation allowance |
|
|
(11,948 |
) |
|
|
(9,619 |
) |
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance |
|
|
2,241 |
|
|
|
1,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deprecation |
|
|
1,557 |
|
|
|
1,461 |
|
Basis differences in acquired intangibles |
|
|
1,433 |
|
|
|
1,852 |
|
Operating lease - Right-of-use assets |
|
|
731 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
3,721 |
|
|
|
3,313 |
|
Deferred tax liability |
|
$ |
(1,480 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,918 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company has federal net operating losses (“NOLs”) of $14,371 and $15,264 that begin to expire in 2029. As of November 15, 2018, the company had a change in ownership under Section 382 which limits the amount of useable NOLs going forward. As such, the company reduced the Federal NOL available by $7,220. As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company has state operating losses of $47,581 and $31,922 that begin to expire in 2030, and foreign NOLs totaling $1,514 and $2,958 with an indefinite life. As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company also has capital loss carryforward of $7,531 and $9,554, which, if unused, will begin to expire in 2023 and a general business credit carryforward of $248 and $248.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating loss carryforwards can be utilized. We consider the level of historical taxable income, scheduled reversal of temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and projected future taxable income in determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted.
During Fiscal 2019, the Company maintained a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $2,410 during Fiscal 2019 primarily attributable to the Section 163(j) interest limitation. Additionally, the Company released the valuation allowance against the U.K. deferred tax assets. As a result of a review of the all of the Company’s operations within the U.K., management evaluated future taxable income and the Company's reversal of deductible temporary differences in the U.K. and concluded that a release of valuation allowance of $393 was appropriate.
During 2019, we maintained our federal and state tax attributes for unrecognized tax benefits related primarily to the treatment of stock compensation and stock options. If recognized, $674 of the unrecognized tax benefits are likely to attract a full valuation allowance, thereby offsetting the favorable impact to the effective rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|||
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
670 |
|
|
$ |
1,136 |
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
466 |
|
Loss before provision for income taxes |
|
$ |
674 |
|
|
$ |
670 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-37
It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefits with respect to our unrecognized tax positions will increase or decrease in the next 12 months. These changes may be the result of, among other things, method changes. However, quantification of an estimated range cannot be made at this time. The Company has accrued zero interest and penalties as of December 28, 2019 and December 28, 2018.
The Company, or one of its subsidiaries, files its tax returns in the U.S., United Kingdom, Canada and certain state tax jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The Company has no tax years under examination at this time. Additional years may be open to the extent attributes are being carried forward to an open year.
F-38
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As required by Rule 13a-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” and “internal control over financial reporting” as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted to the SEC under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive and financial officer as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer evaluated the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report (“Evaluation Date”), pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were operating effectively.
Management believes that the consolidated financial statements in this annual report on Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial condition as of the Evaluation Date, and results of its operations and cash flows for the Evaluation Date, in conformity with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).
Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that
|
a) |
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; |
|
b) |
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and |
|
c) |
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. |
Based on our evaluation under the framework described above, our management concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were effective in accordance with Item 308(a)(3) of Regulation S-K.
A system of controls, no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the system of controls are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected. Based on our evaluation under the framework described above, our management concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were effective in accordance with Item 308(a)(3) of Regulation S-K.
29
Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm
This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
No change in our system of internal control over financial reporting occurred during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
None.
30
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
Board Composition
Our board of directors (the “Board”) consists of five directors as follows:
Class I: Dimitri Villard and Nicholas Florio;
Class II: Jeff Grout and Alicia Barker; and
Non-Classified: Brendan Flood.
Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the Board is divided into Class I and Class II directors, and any directors not classified are non-classified directors. Each Class I director seat is up for election at the annual meeting of stockholders occurring in calendar year 2020 and every two years thereafter, each Class II director seat is up for election at the annual meeting of stockholders occurring in calendar year 2020 and every two years thereafter, and any non-classified directors are up for election at every annual meeting of stockholders and, in each case, until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced. Our shareholders approved the appointment of our four directors at our annual shareholder meeting on June 11, 2019.
Executive Officers and Directors
The name, age and position of our executive officers and directors are set forth below.
Name and Address |
|
Age |
|
Positions |
Brendan Flood |
|
55 |
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director |
Mark Gibbens |
|
52 |
|
Chief Financial Officer (last day May 13, 2020) |
Alicia Barker |
|
50 |
|
Chief Operating Officer and Director |
Dimitri Villard |
|
77 |
|
Director |
Jeff Grout |
|
68 |
|
Director |
Nicholas Florio |
|
56 |
|
Director |
Brendan Flood, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director. Mr. Flood has been the Chairman or Executive Chairman and a Director of the Company since January 7, 2014. He assumed the role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) on December 19, 2017 and has been in the staffing industry for 20 years. Mr. Flood joined the company upon the sale of his business, Initio International Holdings (“Initio”), on January 3, 2014, where he was the Chairman and CEO, to the Company. He acquired Initio as part of a management buy-out, which he led, in January 2010. Prior to Initio, Mr. Flood worked in several staffing companies including Hudson Global Resources Inc. which he brought to the Nasdaq National Market on April 1, 2003, as a spin-off from Monsterworldwide Inc. His experience while at Monsterworldwide included numerous M&A transactions, operational management in both London and New York, and various senior financial roles. Mr. Flood graduated from Dublin City University in Ireland with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Accounting and Finance. Mr. Flood's strong financial background and years of experience at major staffing firms like Monsterworldwide and Hudson Global Resources qualifies him to be the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and a director given the Company’s core business in the staffing industry. On December 22, 2017, in connection with the realignment of the Company into three operating segments: Professional Staffing (US), Professional Staffing (UK), and Commercial Staffing, the Company announced the departure of Matthew Briand, the Company’s former CEO, from the company effective as of January 31, 2018, and the appointment by the Independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company of Mr. Flood to serve as CEO and President of the Company. Mr. Flood will also continue his role as Chairman of the Board of Directors.
Mark Gibbens, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Gibbens, brings over 25 years of business experience and has served as chief financial officer, chief investment officer, head of corporate developing and treasurer of various leading global industry companies. Prior to joining the Company, since August 2019, Mr. Gibbens served as a partner of CFO Performance Partners, where he supported capital raising for early stage companies in information technology and upcycle building products. From 2016 to 2019, Mr. Gibbens first served as vice president and treasurer of Platform Specialty Products (“Platform”) and then as chief financial officer and chief human resources officer of Arysta LifeScience Inc., Platforms’s agricultural sciences business. From 2015 to 2016, Mr. Gibbens served as head of corporate development and as chief financial officer of Aligned Energy Holdings, a builder and operator of enterprise and co-location next generation data centers. Mr. Gibbens spent over a decade working at Alcatel-Lucent SA, serving as its head of corporate finance and global chief investment officer between 2008 and 2012 and as the vice-president and treasurer of Lucent Technologies, Inc., which merged with Alcatel SA to form Alcatel-Lucent SA in 2006, from 2003 to 2006. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Gibbens served as vice president of finance at Online Retail Partners, LLC and from 1989 to 1999 he held numerous positions in the Treasurer’s Office of General Motors Corporation. Mr. Gibbens holds a BA from Carleton College and an MBA from University of Chicago, Graduate School of Business. On April 13, 2020, the Company and Mark Gibbens, agreed by mutual understanding that Mr. Gibbens’ employment as an
31
officer and employee of the Company will cease as of May 13, 2020, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement with the Company dated February 17, 2020. Mr. Gibbens ceased to serve as the Company’s principal accounting officer and principal financial officer, effective as of April 17, 2020.
Alicia Barker, Chief Operating Officer, and Director. The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018. Ms. Barker is also a member of the Board. Ms. Barker, brings over two decades of extensive human resources expertise to her new role. Since 2016, she has served as Principal of Act II Consulting, which provides human resources consulting and professional coaching services to individuals and corporations. Ms. Barker previously served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources at Barker, a full-service advertising agency where she led talent procurement and executive development. She also served on the executive team as Vice President, Human Resources at Hudson North America, a global talent solutions company, as Vice President, Human Resources, at Grey Group, a global advertising and marketing agency, and before that, as Human Resources Director at Icon/Nicholson, which designs, develops, and produces prepackaged computer software. Over the past several years, Ms. Barker has held positions on not for profit boards in her local community.
Dimitri Villard, Director. Dimitri Villard has been a Director of the Company since July 2012. Mr. Villard was Chairman and CEO of Peer Media Technologies, Inc., a public company Internet technology business, from February 2009 to December 2012. Peer Media Technologies, Inc. changed its name from ARTISTdirect, Inc. in May 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Villard served as Interim CEO since March 6, 2008 and as a Director since January 2005 until 2012. Mr. Villard has also served as President and a Director of Pivotal BioSciences, Inc., a biotechnology company, from September 1998 to August 2018. In addition, since January 1982 to present, he has served as President and Director of Byzantine Productions, Inc. Previously, Mr. Villard was a Director at the investment banking firm of SG Cowen and affiliated entities, a position he held from January 1997 to July 1999. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Villard served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Dax Solutions, Inc., an entertainment industry digital asset management venture, and from July 2012 until September 2013, was a member of the Board of Directors of The Grilled Cheese Truck Company, a public company. He is also a member of the Executive Committee of the Los Angeles chapter of the Tech Coast Angels, a private venture capital group. Mr. Villard received a Bachelor of Arts from Harvard University and a Master of Science degree from China International Medical University. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and also serves on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and on the Audit Committee. Mr. Villard's experience as an officer and/or director of several public companies, as well as an investment banker, qualifies him to be a Director of the Company.
Jeff Grout, Director. Jeff Grout has been a Director of the Company since February 2014. He is a successful business speaker, consultant and coach. His clients include Amazon, Deloitte, LinkedIn, British Airways, Barclays, Ernst & Young, Virgin, etc. Listed in the '100 Best Business Speakers in Britain', Jeff Grout is in considerable demand as a motivational business speaker, conference chairman and interviewer. Formerly U.K. Managing Director of Robert Half International, a leading international recruitment consultancy, and Business Manager to Sir Clive Woodward, Head Coach of the England Rugby Team, Mr. Grout is now an independent business consultant specializing in leadership, people management, team building, peak performance, recruitment and retention issues. He has spoken at Henley Business School, Ashridge Management College, Cardiff Business School and the Danish Centre for Leadership. He holds several corporate advisory and executive coaching appointments and is also a successful business author. Jeff has written books on leadership, recruitment, career success, the psychology of peak performance and his police detective father's first murder case. His eighth book entitled “What You Need to Know about Leadership” was published in May 2011. Mr. Grout holds a Bachelor of Science (Economics) Degree from the London School of Economics and Political Science. Mr. Grout brings valuable operational experience within the staffing industry having grown the U.K. business of Robert Half International from $1 million to $100 million in sales and from 12 to 365 employees. He also identified and integrated several acquisitions of staffing businesses in the U.K. and continental Europe. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and on the Audit Committee. Mr. Grout's extensive staffing industry experience, including his role as former Managing Director of Robert Half International, qualifies him to be a director of the Company.
Nicholas Florio, Director. Nicholas Florio has been a Director of the Company since May 2014. Mr. Florio provides business consulting and financial advice to a variety of closely held private businesses. He is a retired audit and accounting partner for Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP (“Citrin Cooperman”). Mr. Florio was with Citrin Cooperman for over 23 years. With over 30 years of experience in the staffing and employment arena, Mr. Florio served as the Practice Leader of the firm's Employment and staffing area. Mr. Florio's experience in this area included providing advice on corporate structuring; design of stock incentive and deferred compensation plans; merger and acquisition due diligence and consulting; among general business and tax advice. He was also a member of the Board of Directors of both the New York Staffing Association (“NYSA”) and New Jersey Staffing Association (“NJSA”) and was the President of the Industry Partner Group of NYSA for over 20 years. Prior to his retirement Mr. Florio was also a long-standing member of the Citrin Cooperman’s Executive Committee. A graduate of Pace University, Mr. Florio is a member of the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants as well as the American Institute of CPAs. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. Mr. Florio's acute knowledge of financial and accounting matters, with an emphasis in the staffing industry through his role as audit and accounting partner for Citrin Cooperman, qualifies him to be a director of the Company.
32
Our Board has reviewed the materiality of any relationship that each of our directors has with us, either directly or indirectly. Based on this review, the Board has determined that the following directors are “independent directors” as defined by Nasdaq and SEC rules: Dimitri Villard, Jeff Grout and Nicholas Florio.
Meetings of the Board of Directors
The Board convened fourteen times during Fiscal 2019. Each director attended at least 90% of the total number of meetings of the Board. Directors are encouraged, but are not required, to attend our annual meeting of stockholders. At the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders on June 11, 2019, all directors were in attendance either in person or via conference call.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our Board currently has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, each of which is described below. All standing committees operate under a charter that has been approved by the Board. Copies of the charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation and Human Resources Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee can be found on our Internet site www.staffing360solutions.com.
Audit Committee. On April 30, 2014, the Board designated an Audit Committee in accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act (the “Audit Committee”). The Audit Committee is composed of Messrs. Nicholas Florio (Chairman), Dimitri Villard and Jeff Grout. All members of our audit committee are independent as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, and the Board has determined that Mr. Nicholas Florio is the qualified financial expert (see credentials listed above). The Audit Committee formally met six times during Fiscal 2019. The purpose of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of: (1) the integrity of the Company’s financial reporting and systems of internal accounting control, (2) the independence, qualifications and performance of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, and (3) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.
Our Audit Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:
|
• |
Appoint, compensate, retain and oversee the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the auditor regarding financial reporting). In this regard, the Audit Committee shall appoint and retain, subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders, compensate, evaluate and terminate, when appropriate, the independent auditor, which shall report directly to the Audit Committee. |
|
• |
Pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for the Company by its independent auditor and establish policies and procedures for the engagement of the independent auditor to provide auditing and permitted nonaudit services. |
|
• |
Review the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditor, including the Company’s disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Also included in such review shall be significant issues and judgments regarding accounting and auditing principles and practices, and the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives on the Company’s financial statements. The Committee shall recommend to the board whether the financial statements should be included in the Form 10-K. |
|
• |
Review and discuss with management and the independent auditor the Company’s quarterly financial statements prior to filing the Form 10-Q, including the results of the independent auditor’s review of them and the Company’s disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. |
|
• |
Review and discuss with management the Company’s quarterly earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding the Company’s results of operations. |
|
• |
Prepare any report required to be prepared by it for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement under SEC rules and regulations. |
|
• |
Review and approve all related party transactions. |
|
• |
Review major changes to the Company’s accounting and auditing principles and practices as suggested by management or the independent auditor. |
33
|
• |
Oversee any internal audit functions of the Company. |
|
• |
Obtain and review, at least annually, a report by the independent auditor describing the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures, and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the independent auditor, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues. |
|
• |
Consider, at least annually, the independence of the independent auditor, and receive from and discuss with the independent auditor the auditor’s report regarding its independence, setting forth all relationships between the auditor and the Company. The Audit Committee shall actively engage in a dialogue with the auditor with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and independence of the auditor and for taking, or recommending that the full Board take, appropriate action to oversee the independence of the outside auditor. |
|
• |
Meet with the independent auditor prior to the audit to review the scope and planning of the audit. |
|
• |
Review with the independent auditor the results of the annual audit examination, and any issues the auditor may have encountered in the course of its audit work and management’s response. This review should include, among other things, any management letter, any restrictions on the scope of activities or access to required information. |
|
• |
Discuss with management the Company’s earnings releases and corporate policies with respect to releases and financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies. |
|
• |
Receive reports from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and management regarding, and review the adequacy and effectiveness of, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting and significant changes in such controls reported to the Audit Committee by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm or management. |
|
• |
Receive reports from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and management regarding, and review the adequacy and effectiveness of, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. |
|
• |
Ensure the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law. |
|
• |
Review candidates for the positions of chief financial officer and controller of the Company. |
|
• |
Establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. |
|
• |
Establish policies for hiring employees and former employees of the independent auditor. |
|
• |
Advise the Board with respect to the Company’s policies and procedures regarding compliance with applicable laws and regulations and with the Company’s policies for Code of Ethical Conduct. |
|
• |
Review with the Company’s counsel and independent registered public accounting firm (1) legal matters that may have a material impact on the financial statements, (2) any fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls, (3) compliance policies, and (4) any material reports or inquires received from regulators, governmental agencies or employees that raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements and accounting or compliance policies. |
|
• |
Review the Audit Committee Charter annually and recommend any changes for approval by the Board. |
|
• |
Review the Audit Committee’s own performance annually. |
34
Compensation and Human Resources Committee. On April 30, 2014, the Board designated a Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Compensation and Human Resources Committee”). Our Compensation and Human Resources Committee is composed of Messrs. Jeff Grout (Chairman), Dimitri Villard and Nicholas Florio. Pursuant to its charter, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee shall be comprised of at least two (2) “independent” members of the Board who shall also satisfy such other criteria imposed on members of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee pursuant to the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. With regards to the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, the term “independent” refers to a member of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee who (i) meets the definition of “independence” under the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, (ii) is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and (iii) is an “outside director” under the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee formally met three during Fiscal 2019.
Our Compensation and Human Resources Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:
|
• |
Determine, in executive session at which none of: (i) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”); (ii) the Executive Chairman of the Company, if a person is acting in the capacity of Executive Chairman (the “Executive Chairman”) or (iii) the Vice Chairman of the Company (the “Vice Chairman”) are present and voting, the compensation for, respectively, the CEO, Executive Chairman and Vice Chairman, in each case with reference to applicable employment or similar agreements and utilizing such customary factors that the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems necessary or appropriate. |
|
• |
Review and determine the compensation of the executive officers of the Company other than the CEO and the Executive Chairman with reference to applicable employment or similar agreements and based upon the recommendations of the CEO and Executive Chairman and such other customary factors that the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems necessary or appropriate. |
|
• |
Recommend awards and/or bonuses to be granted to executive officers of the Company under the Company’s equity plans and other compensation or benefit plans or policies as approved by the Board or the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. |
|
• |
Approve the overall amount or percentage of plan and/or bonus awards to be granted to all Company employees and delegate to the Company’s executive management the right and power to specifically grant such awards to each Company employee within the aggregate limits and parameters set by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. |
|
• |
Review and evaluate the performance of the other executive officers of the Company. |
|
• |
Review and approve the design of other benefit plans pertaining to executives and employees of the Company. |
|
• |
Approve such reports on compensation as are necessary for filing with the SEC and other government bodies. |
|
• |
Review, recommend to the Board, and administer all plans that require “disinterested administration” under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
|
• |
Approve the amendment or modification of any compensation or benefit plan pertaining to executives or employees of the Company that does not require stockholder approval. |
|
• |
Review and recommend to the Board the adoption of or changes to the compensation of the Company’s independent directors. |
|
• |
Retain outside consultants and obtain assistance from members of management as the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems appropriate in the exercise of its authority. |
|
• |
Make reports and recommendations to the Board within the scope of its functions and advise the officers of the Company regarding various personnel matters. |
|
• |
Approve all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for the Company’s executive officers and employees. |
35
|
• |
Review the form, terms and provisions of employment and similar agreements with the Company’s executive officers and any amendments thereto. |
|
• |
To the extent the same has been adopted, review, at least annually, the compensation philosophy of the Company. |
|
• |
Review the Compensation and Human Resources Committee’s own performance annually. |
|
• |
Review the Compensation and Human Resources Committee’s Charter annually and recommend any changes thereto to the Board. |
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) was formed on April 30, 2014. The committee is composed of Messrs. Dimitri Villard (Chairman), Nicholas Florio and Jeff Grout. The committee shall be comprised of at least two (2) “independent” members of the board of directors as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. All current members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent within this definition.
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is charged with the responsibility of reviewing our corporate governance policies and with proposing potential director nominees to the Board for consideration. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee formally met four times during Fiscal 2019. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider director nominees recommended by security holders. To recommend a nominee please write to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee c/o Dimitri Villard, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701, New York, New York 10022.
Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:
|
• |
Recommend to the Board candidates for election or reelection to the Board at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company or any other meeting of Company stockholders where the election of a class of directors is to be considered. Nominees for director shall be selected on the basis of experience, integrity, ability to make independent analytical inquiries, understanding of the Company’s business environment, willingness to devote adequate time to Board duties and such other specific criteria as may be established by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee from time to time. In establishing these criteria, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall make every effort to ensure that the Board and its Committees include at least the required number of independent directors, as that term is defined by applicable standards promulgated by Nasdaq and by the SEC. |
|
• |
Recommend to the Board candidates for election by the Board to fill vacancies occurring on the Board. |
|
• |
Consider stockholders’ nominees in accordance with applicable rules and regulations and develop procedures regarding the nomination process as required by the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. |
|
• |
Make recommendations to the Board concerning the selection criteria to be used by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in seeking nominees for election to the Board. |
|
• |
Aid in attracting qualified candidates to serve on the Board and interview and otherwise assist in the screening of such candidates. |
|
• |
Evaluate and make recommendations to the Board concerning the structure, composition and functioning of the Board and all Board committees. |
Corporate Governance Matters:
|
• |
Develop and recommend to the Board from time to time corporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall, from time to time as it deems appropriate, review and reassess the adequacy of such guidelines and recommend and propose changes to the Board for approval. |
|
• |
Review any issues relating to conflicts of interests and (in conjunction with the Audit Committee of the Board as necessary or appropriate) all related party transactions in accordance with SEC and Nasdaq requirements, and report the same to the Board. |
|
• |
Review and recommend changes to Board meeting procedures. |
|
• |
Monitor any requests made by the directors to engage outside advisors with respect to corporate governance issues, at the Company’s expense. |
|
• |
Review and recommend retirement policies for Company directors as may be adopted from time to time. |
36
|
• |
Periodically receive and consider recommendations from the Company’s Executive Chairman regarding succession of the Executive Chairman and other senior officer levels. |
|
• |
Make reports and recommendations to the Board within the scope of its functions. |
|
• |
Review the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter from time to time and recommend any changes thereto to the Board. |
Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Based solely upon a review of the Forms 3, 4 and 5 and amendments thereto furnished to the Company during Fiscal 2018, we believe that all directors, officers and persons beneficially owning greater than 10% of the Company’s equity securities timely filed reports required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during Fiscal 2019.
The number of Forms 3, 4 and 5 and the number of transaction that were not filed timely are as follows: None.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or any of our directors.
Code of Ethics
We adopted a code of ethics that applies to our executive officers, Directors and employees and our subsidiaries. Our code of ethics is posted to our web site at www.staffing360solutions.com. We will disclose any amendments to or any waivers from a provision of the code of ethics, if they occur, in a Current Report on Form 8-K.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation of Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the compensation paid to our named executive officers for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018. Individuals we refer to as our “named executive officers” include our CEO and our most highly compensated executive officers whose salary and bonus for services rendered in all capacities exceeded $100,000 during the Fiscal 2019.
All amounts presented in Item 11 are in whole dollar amounts. All compensation amounts presented in British pounds have been translated using the foreign currency average exchange rates, unless otherwise indicated. All share numbers have been adjusted for the one-for-five reverse stock split effective January 3, 2018.
Summary Compensation Table
Name and Principal Position |
|
Fiscal Year |
|
Salary ($) |
|
|
Bonus ($) |
|
|
Stock Awards (1) ($) |
|
|
Option Awards (2) ($) |
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) |
|
|
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) |
|
|
All Other Compensation (3) ($) |
|
|
Total ($) |
|
||||||||
Brendan Flood |
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
357,202 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
33,350 |
|
|
|
390,552 |
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|
373,521 |
|
|
|
183,639 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
32,859 |
|
|
|
590,019 |
|
David Faiman |
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
335,437 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,011 |
|
|
|
339,448 |
|
Chief Financial Officer (4) |
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|
321,596 |
|
|
|
133,863 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
11,420 |
|
|
|
466,879 |
|
Alicia Barker |
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
251,471 |
|
|
|
66,346 |
|
|
|
8,246 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
19,171 |
|
|
|
345,234 |
|
Chief Operating Officer |
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
|
107,231 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
68,824 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
13,503 |
|
|
|
189,558 |
|
(1) |
Represents the amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Stock awards vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant date. The valuation assumptions used in calculating the value of stock awards is set forth in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference herein. |
37
assumptions used in calculating the value of option awards is set forth in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference herein. |
(3) |
The column “All Other Compensation” includes car allowance, 401K match, pensions and life and insurance premiums. |
(4) |
Mr. Faiman’s employment with the company ceased as of December 31, 2019. |
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 28, 2019
|
Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable |
|
|
Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable |
|
|
Equity incentive plan awards; Number of securities underlying unexercised unearned options (#) |
|
|
Option Exercise Price ($) |
|
|
Option Expiration Date |
|
|
Number of shares or units of stock that have not vested (#) |
|
|
Market value of shares or units of stock that have not vested ($) |
|
|
Equity incentive plan awards; Number of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested (#) |
|
|
Equity incentive plan awards: Market or payout value of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested ($) |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Option awards |
|
|
Stock awards |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brendan Flood (1) |
|
|
6,600 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
6,600 |
|
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
|
01/07/2024 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Brendan Flood (2) |
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
|
50.00 |
|
|
03/01/2025 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Brendan Flood (3) |
|
|
9,600 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
9,600 |
|
|
|
6.75 |
|
|
02/28/2027 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Brendan Flood (4) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
112,500 |
|
|
|
99,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
David Faiman (5) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
62,000 |
|
|
|
54,560 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Alicia Barker (6) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
29,800 |
|
|
|
26,224 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
(1) |
These options were issued pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years |
|
(2) |
These options were issued pursuant to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years |
|
(3) |
These options were issued pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years |
|
(4) |
Mr. Flood was issued an aggregate of 139,561 shares of restricted stock in 2016 and 2017 that remain unvested. These restricted shares will vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant date. |
|
(5) |
Mr. Faiman was issued 72,000 shares of restricted stock in 2016 and 2017 for services to the Company, 62,000 shares remain unvested at December 29, 2019 and became fully vested on December 31, 2019 upon termination of his employment. |
|
(6) |
Pursuant to the Barker Employment Agreement, Ms. Barker received a grant of 40,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which vest as follows: (i) 20,000 shares on July 1, 2019, and (ii) 20,000 shares on July 1, 2020. |
Employment Agreements
The Flood Employment Agreement
On January 3, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Initio, the Company entered into a services agreement (the “Flood Employment Agreement”) with Brendan Flood. Pursuant to the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood initially served as Executive Chairman of the Board. Mr. Flood was initially paid a salary of £192,000 per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and our U.K. subsidiary. Under the agreement, Mr. Flood’s salary is required to be adjusted (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment (as defined in the Flood Employment Agreement). Mr. Flood is also entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, Mr. Flood was entitled to a gross profit appreciation participation, which entitled the participants to 10% of Initio’s “Excess Gross Profit,” which is defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400,000. Mr. Flood’s participating level was 62.5%. On May 29, 2015, the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus associated with this employment agreement was converted into Series A Preferred Stock.
The Flood Employment Agreement has a term of five years and will automatically renew thereafter unless 12 months written notice is provided by either party. This employment agreement includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment, and in the event of a change in control, the Company may request that Mr. Flood continue employment with the new control entity. On January 1, 2017 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment and provided an additional bonus of up to 25% of his base salary based upon achieving a certain leverage ratio. In December 2017, upon the reorganization of the Company and departure of Mr. Briand, Mr. Flood’s title was changed to Chairman and he assumed the roles of Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. On January 1, 2018, the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment. On January 1, 2019 and on January 1, 2020, Mr. Flood was eligible for a CPI salary adjustment and chose to waive this adjustment. All other terms of Mr. Flood’s employment agreement remained unchanged.
38
The Faiman Separation Agreement
Effective as of December 31, 2019, Mr. Faiman is no longer with the Company. On September 11, 2019, the Company entered into a General Release and Severance Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) with Mr. Faiman, the Company’s former Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to which the Company and Mr. Faiman agreed to transition his position and responsibilities with the Company and Mr. Faiman’s Employment Agreement, dated February 5, 2016 (the “Employment Agreement”), was terminated. Under the terms of the Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman continued as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer until December 31, 2019 (the “Separation Date”). Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman received, among other things, (i) pay in an amount equal to his base salary through the Separation Date, (ii) continuation of Mr. Faiman’s Company-sponsored employee benefits through the Separation Date, (iii) accelerated vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Mr. Faiman and the elimination of any obligations to forfeit such awards upon the termination of Mr. Faiman’s employment (provided that no award shall be extended beyond its original term) and (iv) a positive reference from the management of the Company
The Barker Employment Agreement
The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018. Ms. Barker also serves as a member of our Board, but effective as of her appointment as our Chief Operating Officer, she no longer serves as a member of any Board committee and is not considered an independent director. Ms. Barker does not receive any compensation for her service as a member of the Board.
Under the terms of her employment agreement, Ms. Barker currently receives an annual base salary of $250,000 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. Ms. Barker’s base salary is required to be reviewed by the Board on an annual basis and may be increased, but not decreased, in its sole discretion. Ms. Barker’s employment agreement also entitles her to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.
In the event Ms. Barker is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in her employment agreement), she is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims): (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date; (ii) severance pay in an amount equal to 12 months base salary; and (iii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Ms. Barker is terminated for cause or without good reason, she is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date.
Ms. Barker’s employment agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.
Compensation of Directors
|
Fiscal Year |
|
Fees earned or paid in cash ($) |
|
|
Stock awards (1) |
|
|
Option Awards ($) (1) |
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation |
|
|
Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings |
|
|
All Other Compensation |
|
|
Total ($) |
|
||||||||
Brendan Flood (2) |
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Dimitri Villard (3) |
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
8,246 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
83,246 |
|
Jeff Grout (3) |
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
8,246 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
83,246 |
|
Nicholas Florio (4) |
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
8,246 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
83,246 |
|
Alicia Barker (6) |
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
8,246 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
83,246 |
|
(1) |
The Company accounts for stock-based instruments issued to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The Company has issued these shares under its 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, whereby these shares vest after three years from issuance. A nonemployee who sits on the Board and is compensated by the Company solely for the individual’s role as a Director will be treated as an employee under ASC 718. |
(2) |
Brendan Flood. Mr. Flood is our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Flood does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a member of the Board. For information concerning Mr. Flood’s compensation as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, please see “—Summary Compensation Table” herein. |
39
In addition, for his services, Mr. Villard receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During Fiscal 2019, Mr. Villard received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $8,246 for his services as a Board and Committee member. |
(4) |
Jeff Grout. In February 2014, Mr. Grout was named the Chairman of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and was also named as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. In June 2015, Mr. Grout was also named as a member of the Audit Committee. As a member of our Board, Mr. Grout receives an annual payment of $75,000, effective April 1, 2017, payable in monthly installments of $6,250. In addition, for his service, Mr. Grout receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During Fiscal 2098 Mr. Grout received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $8,246 for his service as a Board and Committee member. |
(6) |
Alicia Barker. On March 28, 2018, the board of directors of the Company appointed Alicia Barker to fill the Class II director vacancy created by the departure of Matt Briand in January 2018, such appointment was effective April 1, 2018. Between April 1, 2018 and July 1, 2018, Ms. Barker joined the Board as an independent director and served on the Board’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee and on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018 after which Ms. Barker continued as a member of the Board, however not as an independent director. As a non-independent director, Ms. Barker is not entitled to any additional compensation for services as a director. For information concerning Ms. Barker’s compensation as our Chief Operating Officer, please see “—Summary Compensation Table” herein. |
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 22, 2019 for: (i) each of our directors; (ii) each of our executive officers; (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and (iv) all persons, to our knowledge, are the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities.
Except as indicated in footnotes to this table, we believe each person named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock set forth opposite such person’s name. Percentage ownership is based on 9,107,563 shares of common stock outstanding on March 22, 2020.
|
Address |
|
Common Stock Beneficially Owned |
|
|
Percent of Common Stock |
|
|||
Brendan Flood (1) |
|
3 London Wall Buildings, London Wall, London, EC2M 5SY |
|
|
324,712 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
% |
David Faiman |
|
641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701 New York, NY 10022 |
|
|
72,000 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
% |
Alicia Barker |
|
641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701 New York, NY 10022 |
|
|
51,200 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
% |
Dimitri Villard (2) |
|
8721 Santa Monica Blvd, Suite 100 Los Angeles, CA 90069 |
|
|
37,750 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
Jeff Grout |
|
3 London Wall Buildings, London Wall, London, EC2M 5SY |
|
|
38,334 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
Nicholas Florio |
|
Citrin Cooperman & Company LLP 529 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10017 |
|
|
38,899 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
Directors and officers as a group |
|
|
|
|
562,895 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Greater than 5% Holders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jackson Investment Group, LLC (3) |
|
2655 Northwinds Parkway Alpharetta, GA 30009 |
|
|
10,581,792 |
|
|
|
59.7 |
% |
40
|
(1) |
Includes 27,024 shares of common stock issuable and 19,200 options that are currently exercisable or may be exercised within by Mr. Flood within 60 days of March 22, 2019. Mr. Flood owns 1,039,380 of the Series A Preferred Shares, which may convert into 1.3 shares of common stock per 50 shares of Series A Preferred Shares, or 27,024 shares of common stock. |
|
(2) |
1,350 shares are held personally by Mr. Villard and 35,000 shares are held through Byzantine Productions, Inc. |
|
(3) |
Includes 905,508 warrants with a strike price of $1.66, 13,000 Series E preferred shares convertible into 7,303,391 common shares and 837 Series E-1 preferred shares convertible into 504,216 common shares issuable to Jackson Investment Group, LLC within 60 days of March 22, 2020. |
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table provides information as of December 28, 2019 about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights under the Company’s equity compensation plans:
|
Number of Securities to be issued upon exercising outstanding options, warrants, and rights |
|
|
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
|
|
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) |
|
||||
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders |
|
|
65,700 |
|
|
$ |
6.75 |
|
|
|
36,060 |
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (1) |
|
|
62,760 |
|
|
$ |
65.80 |
|
|
|
3,639 |
|
|
(1) |
At December 28, 2019, the Company had two equity compensation plans not approved by security holders, which are more fully described below. |
2014 Equity Incentive Plan
On January 28, 2014, our Board adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Under the 2014 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates. A maximum of 50,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under this plan. The plan expires on January 28, 2024. At December 28, 2019, the Company had issued 50,000 options and shares of common stock and therefore there are no remaining shares eligible to be issued under the 2014 Plan.
The authority to administer the 2014 Plan currently resides with the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. They have the power to determine which persons eligible under the plan will be granted option awards.
Transferability
Option awards are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless otherwise provided in the individual option agreement.
Change of Control Event
In the event of a change in control, then, without the consent or action required of any holder of an option award (in such holder’s capacity as such):
(i) Any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation or any parent or affiliate thereof, as determined by the Board in its discretion, will assume or continue any option awards outstanding under the plan in all or in part or shall substitute to similar stock awards in all or in part; or
(ii) In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue any option awards or substitute to similar stock awards, for those outstanding under the plan, then: (a) all unvested option awards will expire (b) vested options will terminate if not exercised at or prior to such change in control; or
(iii) Upon change in control, the Board may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting, partially or in full, in the sole discretion of the Board and on a case-by-case basis of one or more option awards as the board of directors may determine to be appropriate prior to such events.
41
Notwithstanding the above, in case of change in control, in the event all or substantially all of the shares of common stock of the company are to be exchanged for securities of another company, then each holder of an option award shall be obliged to sell or exchange, as the case may be, any shares such holder holds or purchased under the plan, in accordance with the instructions issued by the Board, whose determination shall be final.
Termination of Employment/Relationship
In the event of termination of the option holders employment with the Company or any of its affiliates, or if applicable, the termination of services given to the Company or any of its affiliates by consultants of the Company or any of its affiliates for cause (as defined in the plan), all outstanding option awards granted to such option holder (whether vested or not) will immediately expire and terminate on the date of such termination and the holder of option awards will not have any right in connection to such outstanding option awards, unless otherwise determined by the Board. The shares of common stock covered by such option awards will revert to the plan.
2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
On September 23, 2015, our Board adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). Under the 2015 Plan, the Company may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates.
The 2015 Plan provides for an aggregate of 90,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards. The number of shares available for grant pursuant to awards under the 2015 Plan is referred to as the “Available Shares”. If an award is forfeited, canceled, or if any option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grant. However, shares that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or that are withheld to satisfy the participant’s tax withholding obligation will not be available for re-grant under the 2015 Plan.
The 2015 Plan has a term of ten years and no further awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after that date. At December 28, 2019, the Company had issued 71,914 in options and share of common stock and had 18,086 unissued securities remaining under this plan.
Awards Available for Grant
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee may grant awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Compensation Awards (including cash bonus awards) or any combination of the foregoing. Notwithstanding, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may not grant to any one person in any one calendar year awards (i) for more than 30,000 common shares in the aggregate or (ii) payable in cash in an amount exceeding $600 in the aggregate.
Transferability
Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative and may not be otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee, however, may permit awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred to family members, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose partners or stockholders are the participant and his or her family members or anyone else approved by it.
Change in Control
Except to the extent otherwise provided in an award, in the event of a change in control, all outstanding options and equity awards (other than performance compensation awards) issued under the Plan will become fully vested and performance compensation awards will vest, as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, based on the level of attainment of the specified performance goals. In general, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may, in its discretion, cancel outstanding awards and pay the value of such awards to the participants in connection with a change in control. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee can also provide otherwise in an award under the 2015 Plan.
2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan
On October 25, 2016, our Board adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. On January 26, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, pursuant to which 500,000 shares of the
42
Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance under stock and stock option awards. On May 30, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to the 2016 Plan to increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan to 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. For year ended December 28, 2019, the Company has issued 647,388 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock and therefore has 602,612 shares remaining under this plan.
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee administers the 2016 Plan. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will have the authority, without limitation to (i) designate participants; (ii) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant; (iii) determine the number of common shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards may be settled or exercised in cash, common shares, other securities, other awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, common shares, other securities, other awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an award; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, settle any controversy regarding, correct any defect in and/or complete any omission in the 2016 Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award granted under, the 2016 Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Compensation and Human Resources Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the 2016 Plan; (ix) accelerate the vesting or exercisability of, payment for or lapse of restrictions on, awards; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2016 Plan The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the 2016 Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised.
Eligibility
Employees, directors, officers, advisors and consultants of the Company or its affiliates are eligible to participate in the 2016 Plan. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee has the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the 2016 Plan, however, it may delegate such authority to one or more officers of the Company under the circumstances set forth in the 2016 Plan.
Number of Shares Authorized
The 2016 Plan provides for an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards. The 2016 Plan has a term of ten years and no further awards may be granted under the 2016 Plan after that date.
Awards Available for Grant
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee may grant awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Compensation Awards (including cash bonus awards) (each defined under the 2016 Plan) or any combination of the foregoing subject to the number of available shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the 2016 Plan, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may not grant to any one participant under the plan in any one calendar year awards (i) for more than 80,000 common shares in the aggregate or (ii) payable in cash in an amount exceeding $750,000 in the aggregate.
Options
Under the terms of the 2016 Plan, unless the Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines otherwise in the case of an option substituted for another option in connection with a corporate transaction, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value (as determined under the 2016 Plan) of the shares of common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2016 Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2016 Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a 10% stockholder).
Stock Appreciation Rights
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to award Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) under the 2016 Plan. SARs will be subject to such terms and conditions as established by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. A SAR granted under the 2016 Plan may be granted in tandem
43
with an option and SARs may also be awarded to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option which corresponds to such SARs. SARs shall be subject to terms established by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and reflected in the award agreement.
Restricted Stock
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to award restricted stock under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and specified in an award agreement, restrictions on restricted stock will lapse after three years of service with the Company. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will determine the terms of such restricted stock awards. Shares of restricted stock are shares of common stock that generally are non-transferable and subject to other restrictions determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee for a specified period. Unless the Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines otherwise or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the restricted period, then any unvested restricted stock will be forfeited.
Restricted Stock Unit Awards
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to award restricted stock unit awards under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and specified in an award agreement, restricted stock units vest after three years of service with the Company. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines the terms of such restricted stock units. Unless the Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines otherwise or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the period of time over which all or a portion of the units are to be earned, then any unvested units will be forfeited. At the election of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, the participant will receive a number of shares of common stock equal to the number of units earned or an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of that number of shares at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.
Stock Bonus Awards
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares of common stock or other awards denominated in shares of common stock, either alone or in tandem with other awards, under such terms and conditions as the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may determine.
Performance Compensation Awards
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to grant any award under the 2016 Plan in the form of a performance compensation awards. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will select the performance criteria based on one or more of the following factors: (i) revenue; (ii) sales; (iii) profit (net profit, gross profit, operating profit, economic profit, profit margins or other corporate profit measures); (iv) earnings (EBIT, EBITDA, earnings per share, or other corporate earnings measures); (v) net income (before or after taxes, operating income or other income measures); (vi) cash (cash flow, cash generation or other cash measures); (vii) stock price or performance; (viii) total stockholder return (stock price appreciation plus reinvested dividends divided by beginning share price); (ix) economic value added; (x) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity, investments or sales, and cash flow return on assets, capital, equity, or sales); (xi) market share; (xii) improvements in capital structure; (xiii) expenses (expense management, expense ratio, expense efficiency ratios or other expense measures); (xiv) business expansion or consolidation (acquisitions and divestitures); (xv) internal rate of return or increase in net present value; (xvi) working capital targets relating to inventory and/or accounts receivable; (xvii) inventory management; (xviii) service or product delivery or quality; (xix) customer satisfaction; (xx) employee retention; (xxi) safety standards; (xxii) productivity measures; (xxiii) cost reduction measures; and/or (xxiv) strategic plan development and implementation.
Transferability
Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative. No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee, however, may permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred to family members, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose partners or stockholders are the participant and his or her family members or anyone else approved by it.
44
The 2016 Plan has a term of ten years from the effective date of the 2016 Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time; however, shareholder approval to amend the 2016 Plan may be necessary if applicable law or listing rule so requires. No amendment, suspension or termination will impair the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.
Change in Control
Except to the extent otherwise provided in an award, in the event of a change in control, all outstanding options and equity awards (other than performance compensation awards) issued under the 2016 Plan will become fully vested or the period of restriction will expire and performance compensation awards vest, as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, based on the level of attainment of the specified performance goals or assuming that that the applicable “target” levels of performance have been obtained or on such other basis as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.
2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan
In May 2016, the Board approved the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 LTIP”). This plan was approved by our stockholders on January 26, 2017.
The material features of the 2016 LTIP are:
|
• |
The maximum number of shares of common stock to be issued under the 2016 LTIP is 260,000 shares; |
|
• |
The award of performance units is permitted; |
|
• |
The term of the 2016 LTIP expired on December 31, 2018. |
2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan
In January 2019, the Company’s Board approved the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2019 LTIP”).
The Board has granted 380,000 units to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.
Units vest upon the following:
|
• |
50% upon the employee being in good standing on December 31, 2020; and, |
|
• |
50% upon the average share price of the Company’s common stock during the 90-day period leading up to December 31, 2020, based upon the following Vesting Rate table: |
Average 2019 Price |
Vesting Rate |
<$8 per share |
0 |
>$8 per share |
Pro-rated |
>=$12 per share |
Full Vesting |
A fair valuation of the 2019 LTIP has not been completed; however, it is not expected to be material.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The Briand Separation Agreement
In connection with his resignation as officer and director of the Company, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Briand Separation Agreement”) with Mr. Briand dated December 21, 2017, with an effective date (“Separation Date”) of January 31, 2018, pursuant to which Mr. Briand may provide advisory services, if requested by the Company, through the Separation Date. Pursuant to the Briand Separation Agreement, the Company agreed to provide, among other things: (a) pay through January 31, 2018 in the same amount and manner in which Mr. Briand was paid immediately prior to this Agreement; (b) severance pay in the amount of $362,000 (as of January 31, 2018) for twelve (12) months, payable over three (3) months in equal installments in accordance with the normal payroll policies of the Company, with the first installment being paid on the Company’s first regular pay date on or after January 31, 2018, which initial payment shall include all installment amounts that would have been paid during the first thirty (30) days following the Separation Agreement had installments commenced immediately following the Separation Date; (c) performance bonuses for 2017 and 2018, in the amounts, if any, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors based upon the criteria set forth for its executives,
45
payable in cash at the time any such performance bonuses are ordinarily paid to the Company’s executives; (d) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Separation Date, all health insurance plan benefits to which Mr. Briand and his family was entitled prior to the Separation Date under any such benefit plans or arrangements maintained by the Company in which Mr. Briand and his family participated, shall be provided to the same extent of coverage, pursuant to COBRA, to be paid directly by the Company; (e) any unvested stock options and restricted securities granted to Mr. Briand shall be fully and immediately exercisable or non-forfeitable, as applicable; (f) reimbursement for life insurance benefits, payable in the calendar year 2018 in the same amount as Mr. Briand received as an active employee of the Company; (g) reimbursement of disability insurance premiums, payable in the calendar year 2018 in the same amount as Mr. Briand received as an active employee of the Company; and (h) an automobile allowance, payable in the calendar year 2018 in the same amount as Mr. Briand received as an active employee of the Company.
The Jackson transactions
Term Loan Note #1. On January 26, 2017, the Company entered into a note and warrant purchase agreement with Jackson Investment Group (“Jackson”) for $7,400,000. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company issued to Jackson 330,000 shares of common stock and a warrant to purchase up to 630,000 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $6.75 per share (the “Warrant”). The note accrues interest on the principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum and has a maturity date of July 25, 2018. No interest or principal is payable until maturity. At any time during the term of the note, upon notice to Jackson, the Company may also, at its option, redeem all or some of the then outstanding principal amount of the note by paying to Jackson an amount not less than $100,000 of the outstanding principal (and in multiples of $100,000), plus any accrued but unpaid interest and liquidated damages and other amounts due under the note. The note’s principal is not convertible into shares of common stock; however, 50% of the accrued interest on the note may be converted into shares of common stock, at the sole election of Jackson at maturity or upon prepayment by the Company, at a conversion price equal to $10.00 per share. On March 14, 2017, the Company and Jackson amended the warrant to include a blocker preventing Jackson from owning more than 19.99% of the Company’s shares outstanding as of January 26, 2017, until such ownership is approved by the shareholders consistent with Nasdaq Rule 5635(b). On June 15, 2017, our stockholders approved the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock under the warrant to Jackson that may result in Jackson owning in excess of 19.99% of the Company’s outstanding shares. The warrant is exercisable beginning on July 25, 2017 for a term of four and a half (4.5) years thereafter. The exercise price is subject to anti-dilution protection, including protection in circumstances where common stock is issued pursuant to the terms of certain existing convertible securities, provided that the exercise price shall not be adjusted below a price that is less than the consolidated closing bid price of the common stock. The Company has accounted for these warrants as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to the anti-dilution protection provisions.
Term Loan Note #2. On April 5, 2017, the Company amended the note and warrant purchase agreement and entered into a second subordinated secured note for $1,650,000. Under the terms of this amended agreement, the Company issued to Jackson 59,397 shares of common stock, with an additional 74,184 shares of common stock that was issued after obtaining shareholder approval for issuance of shares to Jackson in excess of the 19.99% limit in June 2017. Also on April 5, 2017, the Company amended the Warrant to allow Jackson to purchase up to an additional 825,463 shares of common stock, modified the initial exercise price of the Warrant to $5.00 per share and modified the conversion price of accrued interest on the note issued to Jackson in January 2017 to $7.50. The Warrant was also amended to increase the amount of common stock issuable to Jackson pursuant to the anti-dilution clause contained therein. The second note accrues interest on the principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum and has a maturity date of June 8, 2019; however, in the event the Company satisfies all of its outstanding obligations with Midcap Financial Trust, the maturity date will be adjusted to July 25, 2018. No interest or principal is payable on the second note until maturity. At any time during the term of the second note, upon notice to Jackson, the Company may also, at its option, redeem all or some of the then outstanding principal amount of the note by paying to Jackson an amount not less than $100,000 of the outstanding principal (and in multiples of $100,000), plus any accrued but unpaid interest and liquidated damages and other amounts due under the note. The second note’s principal is not convertible into shares of common stock; however, 50% of the accrued interest on the second note can be converted into shares of common stock, at the sole election of Jackson at maturity or in the event of a prepayment by the Company, at a conversion price equal to $7.50 per share. The proceeds of this transaction were used to redeem the remaining shares and conversion rights of the Series D Preferred Stock.
Term Loan Note #3. In August 2017, the Company entered into a promissory note for $1,600,000, with a term of 60 days at interest of 10% per annum and issued 32,000 shares of common stock. The proceeds of the note were used to fund the satisfaction of a judgment entered in the matter of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. v. Former Officers of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.
Term Loan Note #4. On September 1, 2017, the Company entered into a promissory note for $515,000, with a term of 31 days at an interest of 12% per annum. The proceeds of the note were used to fund other debt obligations.
Jackson Note
On September 15, 2017, the Company entered into a $40,000 note agreement with Jackson. The proceeds of the sale of the secured note were used to repay the existing subordinated notes previously issued to Jackson pursuant to the existing note purchase agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $11,165 and to fund a portion of the purchase price consideration of the Firstpro Acquisition and the CBS
46
Butler Acquisition and repay certain other outstanding indebtedness of the Company. The maturity date for the amounts due under the Jackson Note is September 15, 2020. The Jackson Note will accrue interest at 12% per annum, due quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 in each year, with the first such payment due on January 1, 2018. Interest on any overdue payment of principal or interest due under the Jackson Note will accrue at a rate per annum that is 5% in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable thereunder.
The Company paid a closing fee of $1,000 in connection with its entry into the A&R Note Purchase Agreement and agreed to issue 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee. These shares are subject to registration rights in favor of Jackson which was included in a new resale registration statement which was filed by the Company on November 1, 2017. The Jackson Note resulted in the extinguishment of the old notes of $11,165 and recording of the new debt of $40,000 at fair value. The Company recorded $4,764 loss upon extinguishment of debt, and deferred debt issuance costs of $1,385 to be amortized over the term of the new loan.
Immediately prior to closing the Jackson Note, Jackson owned 526,697 shares of common stock and 905,508 warrants.
On August 27, 2018, Company entered into an amended agreement with Jackson, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended and made a new senior debt investment of approximately $8,428 in the Company in exchange for a senior secured note in the principal amount of approximately $8,428. Terms of the additional investment are the same as the Jackson Note.
From the proceed of the additional investment, the Company paid a closing fee of $280 and legal fees of $39 and issued 192,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee.
In connection with the additional investment, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant Agreement”) with Jackson. The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share. The incremental fair value of repricing the Warrant to $3.50 per share is $135 and was recognized as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the loan.
Debt Exchange Agreement
On November 15, 2018 the Company, entered into a Debt Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Jackson, pursuant to which, among other things, Jackson agreed to exchange $13,000 (the “Exchange Amount”) of indebtedness of the Company held by Jackson in exchange for 13,000 shares of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Series E Preferred Stock”). The Company evaluated the accounting for the conversion of debt to preferred stock and concluded this conversion is a troubled debt restructure. Accordingly, the issuance of an the Series E Preferred Stock to Jackson in full settlement of the $13,000 in debt is accounted for similar to the transfer of assets, with the equity interest being measured at its fair value, less legal fees and other direct costs. ASC 470-60 requires that the excess of the carrying amount of the payable over the fair value of the assets or equity interest transferred be recognized as a gain. However, given that Jackson is a related party, ASC 470-50-40-2 states that this type of restructuring is in essence a capital transaction. As a result, no gain was recorded. Instead, the difference between the fair value of the Preferred Stock, and Term Loan being extinguished, was recorded in paid in capital. The Company recorded a total of $12,214 related to this conversion, net of less legal fees and other direct costs including write off of $445 in deferred financing costs related to the $13,000 debt.
The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 561 shares of common stock of the Company at any time after October 31, 2020 or the
occurrence of a Preferred Default (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock). A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into the Company’s common stock. Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.
The Series E Preferred Stock carries quarterly dividend rights of (a) cash dividends accruing (i) at an annual rate per share equal to 12% from the date of issuance and (ii) 17% after the occurrence of a Preferred Default, and (b) a dividend payable in shares of Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock. The shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock have all the same terms, preferences and characteristics as the Series E Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the right to receive cash dividends), except (i) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable by the Company within thirty (30) days after written demand received from any holder at any time after the earlier of the occurrence of a Preferred Default or November 15, 2020, for a cash payment equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 602 shares of the Company’s common stock, and (iii) Series E-1 Convertible
47
Preferred Stock may be cancelled and extinguished by the Company if all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed by the Company on or prior to October 31, 2020.
In connection with the debt exchange agreement with Jackson on November 15, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, where by the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and the period within which the Warrant may be exercised was extended from January 26, 2022 to January 26, 2024. The Company calculated the $357 incremental fair value by calculating the fair value of the warrants immediately before and immediately after the modification and recorded this in additional paid in capital.
On August 29, 2019, the Company, entered into a Fourth Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement with Jackson, as lender, which, among other things, amends the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2017. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell to Jackson a 18% Senior Secured Note due December 31, 2019 in the aggregate principal amount of $2,538. All accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of this term note will be due and payable monthly on the first day of each month, beginning on October 1, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of this note, if this term note is not repaid by December 31, 2019, the Company will be required to issue 100,000 shares of its common stock to Jackson on a monthly basis until this term note is fully repaid, subject to certain exceptions to comply with Nasdaq listing standards.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Through December 28, 2019 the Company’s principal independent registered accountant was BDO USA, LLP. The aggregate fees billed for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, for professional services rendered by the principal accountant are as follows:
|
|
Fiscal 2019 |
|
|
Fiscal 2018 |
|
||
|
BDO USA, LLP |
|
|
BDO USA, LLP |
|
|||
Audit Fees |
|
$ |
809,817 |
|
|
$ |
481,418 |
|
Audit Related Fees |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Tax Fees |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
32,707 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
809,817 |
|
|
$ |
514,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit Fees were for professional services necessary to perform an annual audit of the financial statements, review of quarterly reports and other services required to be performed by our independent auditors.
Audit-Related Fees, if incurred, were for services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements including the support of business acquisition and divestiture activities and services related to financing transactions.
Tax Fees were for tax compliance, tax planning, and tax advice. Corporate tax services encompass a variety of permissible services, including technical tax advice related to United States and international tax matters; assistance with foreign income and withholding tax matters, assistance with sales tax, value added tax and equivalent tax related matters in local jurisdictions; preparation of reports to comply with local tax authority transfer pricing documentation requirements; and assistance with tax audits.
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedure for Audit Services
The audit committee has developed policies and procedures regarding the approval of all services that are to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm, as permitted under applicable laws, and the corresponding fees for such services. Consistent with these policies and procedures, all audit services and non-audit services and all fees associated with such services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 were pre-approved by audit committee.
48
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) Financial Statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, which are set forth in the index to Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-1 through F-38 of this report.
|
F-1 |
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
F-4 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders (Deficit) Equity |
|
F-6 |
|
F-7 |
|
|
F-8 to F-38 |
(2) Financial Statement Schedule: None.
49
50
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
||
10.18 |
|
Second Amendment, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (34) |
10.19 |
|
|
10.20 |
|
|
10.21 |
|
|
10.22 |
|
|
10.23 |
|
|
10.24 |
|
|
10.25 |
|
|
10.26 |
|
|
10.27 |
|
|
10.28 |
|
|
10.29 |
|
|
10.30 |
|
|
10.31 |
|
|
10.32 |
|
|
10.33 |
|
|
10.34 |
|
|
10.35 |
|
|
10.36 |
|
|
10.37 |
|
|
10.38 |
|
|
10.39 |
|
|
10.40 |
|
|
10.41 |
|
|
10.42 |
|
|
10.43 |
|
Placement Agency Agreement dated January 22, 2019, between the Company and ThinkEquity (59) |
10.44 |
|
Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker dated June 19, 2018 (60) |
10.45 |
|
|
10.46 |
|
|
10.47 |
|
|
10.48 |
|
51
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
10.50 |
|
Underwriting Agreement, dated February 8, 2019, between the Company and ThinkEquity (66) |
10.51 |
|
|
10.52 |
|
|
10.53 |
|
Placement Agency Agreement, dated July 29, 2019, by and between the Company and ThinkEquity (69) |
10.54 |
|
|
10.55 |
|
|
10.56 |
|
|
10.57 |
|
|
10.58 |
|
|
21.1* |
|
|
23.1* |
|
|
31.1* |
|
|
31.2* |
|
|
32.1# |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.INS |
|
XBRL Instance Document |
101.SCH |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Schema |
101.CAL |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase |
101.DEF |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase |
101.LAB |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase |
101.PRE |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase |
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
# |
|
Furnished herewith. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017. |
(2) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017. |
(3) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017. |
(4) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017. |
(5) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 3, 2018. |
(6) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2015. |
(7) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 31, 2015. |
(8) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016. |
(9) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2016. |
(10) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2018. |
(11) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2018. |
(12) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2019. |
(13) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017. |
(14) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017. |
(15) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017. |
(16) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017. |
52
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014. |
|
(18) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014. |
(19) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014. |
(20) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015. |
(21) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015. |
(22) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015. |
(23) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2015. |
(24) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2015. |
(25) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8, filed with the SEC on October 2, 2015. |
(26) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017 (through an incorporation by reference from Appendix D to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on December 21, 2016). |
(27) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017 (through an incorporation by reference from Appendix E to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on December 21, 2016). |
(28) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017. |
(29) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017. |
(30) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017. |
(31) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017. |
(32) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2017. |
(33) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017. |
(34) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017. |
(35) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017. |
(36) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017 |
(37) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017. |
(38) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017. |
(39) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017. |
(40) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017. |
(41) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017. |
(42) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018. |
(43) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018. |
(44) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018. |
(45) |
|
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 5, 2018 |
(46) |
|
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 5, 2018 |
(47) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 2, 2018 |
(48) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018 |
(49) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018 |
(50) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018 |
(51) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018 |
(52) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018 |
(53) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018 |
(54) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.91 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018. |
(55) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.92 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018. |
(56) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.93 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018. |
(57) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.94 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018 |
(58) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 23, 2019. |
(59) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 23, 2019. |
(60) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.97 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019. |
(61) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.98 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019. |
(62) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.99 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019. |
53
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.100 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019. |
|
(64) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.101 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2019. |
(65) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.102 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2019. |
(66) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2019. |
(67) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 5, 2019. |
(68) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 5, 2019. |
(69) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 29, 2019. |
(70) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2019. |
(71) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2019. |
(72) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2019. |
(73) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2019. |
(74) |
|
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 17, 2019. |
Not applicable.
54
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
Date: May 11, 2020 |
|
By: |
|
/s/ Brendan Flood |
|
|
|
|
Brendan Flood |
|
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: May 11, 2020 |
|
By: |
|
/s/ Sharnika Viswakula |
|
|
|
|
Sharnika Viswakula SVP, Corporate Controller (Principal Financial Officer and |
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Brendan Flood |
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director |
|
May 11, 2020 |
Brendan Flood |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Dimitri Villard |
|
Director |
|
May 11, 2020 |
Dimitri Villard |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Nicholas Florio |
|
Director |
|
May 11, 2020 |
Nicholas Florio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeff Grout |
|
Director |
|
May 11, 2020 |
Jeff Grout |
|
|
|
|
55